Upload
marco-tulio-morales-raudry
View
1.403
Download
7
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Sven Lang Roland Schmid ASM ERP SAP AG
SAP Enhancement Package 4
for SAP ERP 6.0
Details
VERSION 1.1 - 04th December 2008
Please use this a guidance for EhP4 content and as an early
education and information at your discretion.
Check the service marketplace:
http://service.sap.com/erp-ehp for updates and more
information regularly.
For feedback and comments please contact Sven Lang or
Roland Schmid
2 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
1 Legal disclaimer This document is not subject to your license agreement or any other agreement with SAP. SAP has no
obligation to pursue any course of business outlined in this document or to develop or release any
functionality mentioned in this document. This document and SAP's strategy and possible future
developments are subject to change and may be changed by SAP at any time for any reason without notice.
This document is provided without a warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including but not
limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement.
SAP assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document, except if such damages were caused
by SAP intentionally or grossly negligent.
3 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
2 Instructions how to read this document
Purpose of this document
This document provides you an overview about all new capabilities delivered with SAP Enhancement
Packages 4 for SAP ERP.
How to navigate
This document is structure by
■ solution area ■ key capability or industry ■business functions or ES bundles ■ feature
Example: 1 ANALYTICS -> Level 1: Functional Area according to Solution Map 1.1 FINANCIAL ANALYTICS -> Level 2: Key capability according to Solution Map or Industry 1.1.1 REPORTING FINANCIALS 2
(BF: FIN_REP_SIMPL_2 - EHP: 4) -> Level 3: Business Function 1.1.1.1 Simplified reporting for Closing -> Level 4: Feature
A business functions is marked with an technical name for example BF: FIN_ACC_ILM - EhP: 4. The
Business Functions contain new functionality as well as simplification and represents the level where
customer can switch on functionality in the system. Please find more information about the
enhancement package concept and some installation guidelines on service.sap.com/erp-ehp.
Please use the overview index and the detailed index to gain a first overview and use the links behind
the page numbers to navigate directly to the area of your interest.
What kind of information delivers this document
On the following pages you can get the most important information regarding each business function
as an umbrella of several features and information about each specific feature within a business
function. You can also find rough information about ES-Bundles (just description available).
For Business Functions
Description
Early Adopters
Headline (catch phrase)
Business Benefits
For each Feature
Class/Level of Innovation Level of Innovation: New Capability or
Improvement of exisiting feature Class: Simplification, functionality or ESOA
Description
Pain Points
Business Benefits
Valuable for
4 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
3 Overview Index
1 LEGAL DISCLAIMER 2
2 INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO READ THIS DOCUMENT 3
3 OVERVIEW INDEX 4
4 DETAILED INDEX 5
5 ANALYTICS 7
6 CORPORATE SERVICES 16
7 CROSS SAP ERP 47
8 END-USER SERVICE DELIVERY 53
9 FINANCIALS 58
10 HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 101
11 INDUSTRIES 139
12 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURING 326
13 SALES AND SERVICE 328
5 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
4 Detailed Index
1 LEGAL DISCLAIMER 2
2 INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO READ THIS DOCUMENT 3
3 OVERVIEW INDEX 4
4 DETAILED INDEX 5
5 ANALYTICS 7
5.1 FINANCIAL ANALYTICS 7
5.2 SIMPLIFIED REPORTING FOR ASSET ACCOUNTING 9
5.3 STRATEGIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT 9
6 CORPORATE SERVICES 16
6.1 EH&S COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT 16
6.2 ENTERPRISE ASSET MANAGEMENT 17
6.3 PROJECT AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT 31
6.4 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 33
6.5 REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT 36
6.6 TRAVEL MANAGEMENT 43
7 CROSS SAP ERP 47
7.1 CROSS SAP ERP 47
8 END-USER SERVICE DELIVERY 53
8.1 END-USER SERVICE DELIVERY 53
9 FINANCIALS 58
9.1 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 58
9.2 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 62
9.3 FINANCIAL SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 80
9.4 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 88
9.5 TREASURY 89
10 HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 101
6 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
10.1 <GENERAL> 101
10.2 TALENT MANAGEMENT 108
10.3 WORKFORCE PROCESS MANAGEMENT 128
11 INDUSTRIES 139
11.1 SAP FOR AEROSPACE & DEFENSE 139
11.2 SAP FOR AUTOMOTIVE 147
11.3 SAP FOR BANKING 151
11.4 SAP FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS 159
11.5 SAP FOR DEFENSE & SECURITY 161
11.6 SAP FOR HEALTHCARE 167
11.7 SAP FOR HIGHER EDUCATION & RESEARCH 183
11.8 SAP FOR INSURANCE 192
11.9 SAP FOR MEDIA 210
11.10 SAP FOR MILL PRODUCTS 247
11.11 SAP FOR MINING 252
11.12 SAP FOR OIL & GAS 254
11.13 SAP FOR PUBLIC SECTOR 255
11.14 SAP FOR RETAIL 315
11.15 TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT 324
12 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURING 326
12.1 <GENERAL> 326
13 SALES AND SERVICE 328
13.2 AFTERMARKET SALES AND SERVICE 328
13.3 SALES ORDER MANAGEMENT 328
7 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
5 Analytics
5.1 Financial Analytics
5.1.1 Reporting Financials 2 (BF: FIN_REP_SIMPL_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Use new reports from SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence and overviews (POWER lists) with a
uniform look and easy-to-use user interface. You can display them in SAP NetWeaver Portal or SAP
NetWeaver Business Client and decide where to read the data from when you call a report.
Early Adopters:
Customers without legacy reports and customers interested in real-time reporting with the front-end
tools of SAP NetWeaver BI. For small and midsize customers without SAP NetWeaver BI, the
reporting content of this business function significantly lowers the hurdle of using reporting tools by
offering lean reporting options.
Headline:
Simplify Reporting Financials with Attractive, State-of-the-Art Reporting Tools
Business Benefits:
Unifies look and feel of financial reports and sports an attractive user interface. - Reduces learning
costs. - Offers scalability in back-end technology. - Allows switching between direct access for lean
back-end scenarios and replicated data for high-volume environments.
5.1.1.1 Simplified reporting for closing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The reports provide status information for each close task in the task list and an overview of the
progress of the task list with respect to schedule. Users can create alerts that notify them if close
tasks are delayed or taking longer than planned. The new reports also show the close status per
business unit. This is particularly important in a shared service environment, where one unit might
perform a close task for multiple business units, but each business unit needs to have status
information concerning the degree of completion in its unit.
Pain Points:
The current application focuses on the users responsible for executing the close tasks and provides
them with access to the tasks themselves, status information, and any spool requests, job logs, and
error logs created when the tasks were scheduled. The new reports provide high-level status
8 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
information that document whether all tasks are complete for a given business unit and provide the
basis for active alerting if a deadline is exceeded or a task takes substantially longer than planned.
Business Benefits:
The local close is a time-critical process where multiple stakeholders work interactively to close the
books on time. The new reporting functions provide parties other than the accountants executing the
close with information concerning the status and progress of the close. That allows them to initiate
corrective action if delays are expected, especially if they would affect the global close
(consolidation).
Target Group:
Corporate controllers and other users in corporate finance, including compliance officers
5.1.1.2 Simplified reporting for profitability analysis
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Provides sample reports based on operating concern S_GO that display net sales, contribution
margins, operating profit, and target turnover in an easy-to-use interface
Pain Points:
Profitability reports need to be made available to all stakeholders in a timely fashion and provide
easy-to-read actionable information
Business Benefits:
Simplifies and streamlines the reporting process for profitability analysis
Target Group:
Controllers and business unit analysts
5.1.1.3 Simplified reporting for investment management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
Reports cover all stages of the investment management life cycle from planning and budgeting to
availability control and replanning, and address all objects associated with investment management
(investment programs, items, appropriation requests, orders and work breakdown structure
elements).
9 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Provide easy-to-use reports that provide key business information concerning budget availability by
investment program
Business Benefits:
Simplifies and streamlines reporting process for investment management
Target Group:
Corporate controllers and investment managers
5.2 Simplified reporting for asset accounting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
Provides modern easy-to-use reports for the following areas: asset history sheet, asset balances,
asset transactions, planned depreciation, posted depreciation, comparison of depreciation,
depreciation forecast, inventory list, and assets not posted.
Pain Points:
Asset accounting provides detailed information on all financial transactions affecting fixed assets.
There are many standard reports that focus on the life cycle of the asset from acquisition to
retirement. The most important reports have been simplified.
Business Benefits:
Simplifies and streamlines reporting process for asset accounting
Target Group:
Asset accountants and corporate finance
5.3 Strategic Enterprise Management
5.3.1 Cost Estimate and Simulation (BF: FIN_PDCE_COSTQUOT_CI_1 - EhP:
4)
5.3.1.1 Description:
Functional enhancements and performance improvements for cost and quotation management with
the costing engine of SAP SEM and content of the product design cost estimate (PDCE).
10 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Early Adopters:
SAP CQM customers and PDCE customers who want to benefit from the improvements
Headline:
Additional Functionality Enhances Flexibility and Scalability of PDCE
Business Benefits:
Additional functionality enhances flexibility and scalability of PDCE
5.3.1.2 Batch import for PDCE objects
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
It is now possible to schedule and manage data packages to select and import data from legacy
systems in batch mode
Pain Points:
Complex selection and time-consumption to fill data from legacy systems into PDCE for further
processing
Business Benefits:
Time-consuming mass imports can be set to run during low system load time. Automatic updates can
be scheduled. Automation of manual tasks. Improved data integrity and real-time update and
synchronization between systems involved in the business process.
Target Group:
Functionality will be used by administrators. A daily business user benefits from automated data
processing.
5.3.1.3 Enhanced where-used list
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The where-used wizard allows use of cross-object key filters (examples: project and version). The
searched assignment of an object can therefore be analyzed independently of other object keys
(example: find component 4711 in all projects and versions filtered). The same applies to the
definition and filter of the result list (found parents).
11 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Cross-project, version, and plant use of the where-used list
Business Benefits:
The where-used wizard allows use of cross-object key filters (examples: project and version). The
searched assignment of an object can therefore be analyzed independently of other object keys
(example: find component 4711 in all projects and versions filtered). The same applies to the
definition and filter of the result list (found parents).
Target Group:
End user (cost estimator and team lead)
5.3.1.4 Editable messages sent according to customer formulas
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Users can enable their own formulas to send editable messages according to their customizing
settings
Pain Points:
No messages could be sent to end users according to customized business and calculation logic
Business Benefits:
Users can enable their own formulas to send editable messages according to their customizing
settings. The end user can be guided according to the results of the calculation.
Target Group:
Business and technical users
5.3.1.5 Enhanced price selection conditions for valuation customizing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Valuation and price selection can be customized with greater sophistication by using different
dimensions to evaluate data selection
Pain Points:
Only one extra customer table could be used within the valuation function; the valuation logic was
limited to the table sequence and low prices
12 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Valuation and price selection can be customized with greater sophistication by using different
dimensions and tables to evaluate data selection. Up to five customer-specific table types can now
be considered. Price type intervals, table priority, and value (most recent, highest, or lowest) can be
combined to set up valuation rules.
Target Group:
Business user
5.3.1.6 Content enhancements: 1PDCE
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The SAP-delivered PDCE business content was improved to ease enhancements and include
additional requirements.
Pain Points:
'
Business Benefits:
Scrap can now easily be included into the calculation logic, target costs are enabled on leaves,
transaction currency from selected prices is provided for splits directly, and so on.
Target Group:
Users
5.3.1.7 Inheritance mechanism
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Customers can define inheritance behavior on attribute fields and trigger inheritance manually or via
a formula up or down in the structure
Pain Points:
Customer control of the values for inheritance of fields was impossible
Business Benefits:
Customers can define inheritance behavior on attribute fields and trigger inheritance manually or via
a formula up or down in the structure
13 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Users
5.3.1.8 BOM import
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
It is now possible to import BOMs with missing key information (a design BOM, a BOM using
materials without a plant, and so on). Incomplete objects are created as preliminary materials in
PDCE.
Pain Points:
Import for design BOM, text items, and so on was impossible
Business Benefits:
Better support of the product design and definition process providing partlially incomplete data
Target Group:
Users and SAP PLM integration
5.3.1.9 Capture a master of copied objects and enable mass change
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
If an object is copied, its master can be referenced. A later change to the master can be automated
to change the copy accordingly.
Pain Points:
Copy lost master (origin) referenceBusiness Benefits:
If an object is copied, its master can be referenced. A later change to the master can be automated
to change the copy accordingly. Changes in the structure can be followed up more easily between
versions.
Target Group:
Users
5.3.1.10 Formula parameter for fixed value: support for multiple values and
intervals
14 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Fixed values used in formulas as parameters can now be set to multiple single values and intervals
Pain Points:
Fixed value only as single parameter
Business Benefits:
Fixed values used in formulas as parameters can now be set to multiple single values and intervals
Target Group:
Technical users
5.3.1.11 Object categories supported
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription:
Objects can now be grouped using common object categories, which greatly simplifies buliding
formulas
Pain Points:
Nested IF cases where needed in formulas
Business Benefits:
Objects can now be grouped using common object categories, which greatly simplifies buliding
formulas. The complexity of formulas is reduced.
Target Group:
Technical users
5.3.2 Financials, Group Close, Adjustment for Changes of Tax Rates (BF:
FIN_ACC_GC_TAXRATECHG - EhP: 4)
Description:
Tax effects previously calculated according to the tax rates of prior periods are adjusted to the
current tax rate in order to obtain correct cumulative effects
Early Adopters:
15 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
A customer who utilizes the existing deferred tax functionality within BCS in SAP SEM. It will likely be
a multinational client who has operations in one or more jurisdictions that have recently changed or
are about to change their effective corporate tax rates. There is a high likelihood that the Early
Adopters will be German, because these customers represent the key base that has requested the
new functionality.
Headline:
Automated Adjustment of Deferred Taxes on Change in Effective Tax Rates
Business Benefits:
This functionality will allow for greater accuracy and timeliness and reduced costs through
automation of the process of identifying tax rate changes within the system by selecting the specific
records that need to be adjusted at the applicable entity, account, document type, and posting level.
It calculates the necessary adjustments and then automatically posts the resulting adjustments based
on the posting rules defined within configuration.
5.3.2.1 Automated adjustment of deferred taxes on change in effective tax rates
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
This functionality automates identification of tax rate changes within the system; identifies the
specific records that need to be adjusted at the entity, account, document type, and posting level;
calculates the necessary adjustments; and then automatically posts the result based on the posting
rules defined within configuration.
Pain Points:
The primary business challenge to be addressed is eliminating the manual effort required to
recalculate the appropriate tax provisions related to manual and automated postings in BCS in SAP
SEM when effective tax rates have changed.
Business Benefits:
Primary business benefits are greater accuracy and timeliness and reduced costs related to adjusting
deferred tax balances when effective rates of tax change in jurisdictions where the corporation
operates.
Target Group:
Local and group accountants
16 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
6 Corporate Services
6.1 EH&S Compliance Management
6.1.1 REA, SAP Recycling Administration (BF: J_7L_REA_CORE - EhP: 4)
Description:
SAP Recycling Administration handles environmental fees related to EU Directives on Packaging
(94/62), Batteries (2006/66), Electric Electronic Waste (WEEE: 2002/96), and similar global regulatory
regulations. It calculates environmental fees and generates required declarations to environmental
authorities.
Early Adopters:
SAP ERP customers in all industries with regulatory reporting needs resulting from packaging,
electric, and electronic waste (WEEE) and batteries legislation or who need to meet specific industry
standards, like packaging sustainability scorecards, in Europe and around the world.
Headline:
Simplification and Optimization of Regulatory Compliance Processes
Business Benefits:
- Ensure regulatory compliance with country-specific requirements
- Increased efficiency through automated and integrated processes (people and know-how) and
central master data storage
- Accuracy and savings through higher transparency in quantity-flow- racking of packaging, products,
devices, and batteries in circulation due to improved data quality, extensive reporting options, and
audit trail
- Ensure meeting other product-related standards (example: retail packaging sustainability)
6.1.1.1 Environmental fee calculation and reporting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
SAP Recycling Administration helps enterprises meet regulatory requirements from environmental
directives regarding packaging, batteries, or waste electric and electronic equipment (WEEE). It helps
them monitor, calculate, and settle corresponding recycling fees with recycling partners or
compliance schemes. It accurately verifies quantity flows from SD and MM. It generates required,
exact environmental declarations cross-country and helps reduce costs and provide transparency
due to accounting precision and comprehensive cost analysis functionality. It automatically generates
17 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
condition records for price calculation in SD and accruals for financial accounting in FI. It tracks
regulatory amendments and supports audits.
Pain Points:
Time-consuming generation of environmental declarations and verification; risk of inaccurate sales
and master data; cumbersome generation of cross-country reporting; expensive to ensure local
regulatory tracking; difficult to ensure regulatory compliance and transparency when data is stored
in legacy systems; and redundancy of multiple local systems that need to be maintained and
extended.
Business Benefits:
Ensure regulatory compliance with country-specific requirements. Increased efficiency thanks to
automated and integrated processes (people and know-how) and central master data storage.
Accuracy and savings through higher transparency in quantity-flow tracking of products, devices, and
batteries due to improved data quality and extensive reporting options. Audit trail. Ensure meeting
additionally other product-related standards (example: retail packaging sustainability).
Target Group:
Environmental compliance officers, financial analysts, and corporate accountants
6.2 Enterprise Asset Management
6.2.1 Configuration Control Innovations (BF: LOG_EAM_CC - EhP: 4)
Description:
Archiving support for iPPE nodes, ECM, and object-dependency support for LRUs; simultaneous
usage of MPLs in different installation locations, changing visibility of iPPE nodes in a complete check,
and a new MPL profile
Early Adopters:
New and installed base in asset-oriented industries, such as A&D, mining, oil & gas, utilities, and so
on
Headline:
Enhanced Configuration Control Ensures that Users Can Create Consistent Master Data Without
Work-Arounds
Business Benefits:
Enhanced master data maintenance process with engineering change management and object
dependencies can reduce the number of duplicated nodes for LRU and SRU. This enhancement
reduces errors and improves the accuracy of data.
18 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
6.2.1.1 Enhancements for configuration control
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Configuration control application can be used by maintenance or service organizations to manage
technical objects that have a high risk because of safety, environment, or production. It has two
components: 1. Master parts list that manages the engineering information. Master parts list depicts
all the possible valid combinations of parts that can be installed at different locations.
2. Configuration control check transaction identifies whether the actual technical structure has valid
parts as described in the master parts list.
Pain Points:
Customer who requires a better connection between engineering information and actual
maintenance practice. That can improve data consistency of a technical structure.
To reduce the chances of incorrect installation of a part, and thereby reduce operational risk and
improve safety to work caused by an incorrect installation, customers need more flexible and proper
modeling of the master parts list.
Business Benefits:
Better integration between engineering and maintenance ensures a safe and efficient process to
manage a technical object.
Flexible modeling of master parts list allows a more realistic depiction of engineering information for
the technical object.
Target Group:
Engineering manager
Maintenance manager
6.2.2 Refurbishment and Subcontracting (BF: LOG_EAM_ROTSUB - EhP: 4)
Description:
Making parts of the A&D subcontracting and refurbishment order solution are
available without using business function set DIMP. These features will help
manage in-house or subcontracted repairs and overhaul of parts and
equipment.Early Adopters:
New and installed base in asset-oriented industries, such as A&D, mining, oil & gas, utilities, and so
on
19 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Headline:
Enhancement for Refurbishment Orders and Subcontracted Repair Processing
Business Benefits:
Visibility and tracking of all parts that are under repair or refurbishment. Helps streamline order
planning and execution. This enhancement simplifies the process steps and improves the availability
of proper transactional data.
6.2.2.1 Enhanced stock determination for maintenance and service processing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Stock determination enhancement simplifies the stock determination process. It uses predeternimed
rules to issue parts for orders so that the planner does not need to define the stock type during an
early stage.
Pain Points:
Unclear stock determination increases chances of stock-outs. Because of frequent stock-outs, stock-
out planners tend to overstock a part, which causes higher inventory costs.
Business Benefits:
Improved rule-based reservation reduces unplanned consumption and improves the material
planning processes
Target Group:
Maintenance planner
Material planners
6.2.2.2 Enhancements in refurbishment order
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Refurbishment orders are used to repair or overhaul a serialized or nonserialized spare part for
equipment. Refurbishment orders have been enhanced in the following areas:
1. Refurbishment order has been enhanced to manage material upgrade
2. Refurbishment orders can be assigned with one or more notifications
3. Conversion of planned order into refurbishment order from the MRP list
20 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
These enhancements ensure proper planning of refurbishment work and better visibility of parts
being repaired or refurbished
Pain Points:
Customers who want visibility into the work load on repair parts and an option to evaluate problems
in technical objects.
Business Benefits:
1.These enhancements ensure proper planning of refurbishment work
2.Better visibility of parts being repaired or refurbished
3.Streamlined internal repair process
4.Option to upgrade parts after repair or refurbishmentTarget Group:
Material planners
Maintenance planners
6.2.2.3 Enhancements in subcontracting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
When performing maintenance or providing maintenance services to customers, serialized or
nonserialized parts can be sent to a vendor. Enhancement in subcontracting process allows
integration between the maintenance process and the procurement processes.
The subcontracting solution allows integrated management of maintenance or service order
processing with procurement processes to purchase services from an external vendor. It also ensures
visibility of parts throughout the time when it is outside the organization, enabling the planner to
concentrate on reducing operation costs at reduced inventory.
Pain Points:
Companies want to track inventory availability with subcontractors
Business Benefits:
1. Improved visibility of parts that are under repairs or refurbishment by subcontractors; reduces
inventory needed to maintain an asset.
2. Better information flow between maintenance and procurement team reduces turn-around time
to repair a part
3. Reduced turn-around time improves service level and reduces cost because of
inventoriesTarget Group:
21 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Maintenance planner
Material planner
6.2.3 Enterprise Asset Management - Enhanced Warranty Management
(BF: LOG_EAM_WTY - EhP: 4)
Description:
Integration of warranty management with PS order
Availability of the entire A&D warranty solution outside of business function set DIMP
Early Adopters:
New and installed base in asset-oriented industries, such as A&D, mining, oil & gas, utilities, and so
on
Headline:
Integrate Warranty with PM and CS Orders
Business Benefits:
Improves visibility of warranty claim starting from its creation until its settlement. Improved visibility
reduces processing time and allows detailed analysis of all claims.
6.2.3.1 Integration of warranty claims with maintenance and service processing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Integration between warranty claim process with maintenance and service processing allows better
visibility regarding claimable work performed by the maintenance team and improves collection of
claims
Pain Points:
- Because the maintenance process and claim process are independently managed by different
teams, the claim processor does not have the details needed to create proper claim
- OEM and vendors do not approve a claim if it is not substantiated with proper documentation
.That results in long delays to collect claims
- Returnable parts are not linked to warranty claim or maintenance process ,so the warranty clerk
can't efficiently communicate with vendors
Business Benefits:
- Improved communication between maintenance team and warranty processing team
22 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Reduced errors in claims
- Reduced time to collect and approve the claims
- Improved return parts process
Target Group:
Maintenance manager
Procurement manager
Financial officer
6.2.4 Enterprise Asset Management: Time Zone Support (BF:
LOG_EAM_TZS_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Time zone support in the enterprise asset management area for notification, work order, and
confirmation
Early Adopters:
Customers with asset an maintenance organization who have various locations, systems, or business
partners in different time zones
Headline:
Maintenance Execution Without Boundaries
Business Benefits:
Enhanced time zone management ensures that each maintenance document can be consistently
managed independently of the location of a technical object and the location of a user's workplace
6.2.4.1 Enhanced time zone management for maintenance processing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Time zone support supports two different system or business constellations:
1. Distributed system landscape where all systems are working with the same time zone
2. Central system landscape (only one system) where users from various time zones are working in
the central system
23 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
"Time Zone Support" supports two system or business constellations:
1. Distributed system landscape where every system is working with the same time zone.
2. Central system landscape (only one system) where users from various time zones are working on
this central system.
Pain Points:
Users in different time zones encounter difficulties when they require maintenance work on the
same or different parts of a technical object. Manual calculation of the corresponding time
consumes too much labor time and effort and sometimes causes data inconsistency. Time-based
information is critical for analysis, like turn-around and mean time between two repairs.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced time zone management ensures that each maintenance document can be consistently
managed independently of the location of a technical object and the location of a user's workplace
Target Group:
Maintenance planner, maintenance supervisor, and maintenance technician
6.2.5 Maintenance Event Builder and Logbook Innovations (BF:
LOG_EAM_POM_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enhancements in the authorization concept for the maintenance event builder
Enhancement in aircraft logbook
Early Adopters:
New and installed base in asset-oriented industries, such as A&D, mining, oil & gas, utilities, and so
on
Headline:
Improved Authorization Checks and Visibility of Log Books Within One Hierarchy
Business Benefits:
The authorization enhancement for the maintenance event builder improves information security
and compliance of technical objects.
Enterprise asset management is enhanced to provide user log books with all the technical objects
that belong to one hierarchy. That improves the visibility of information and the productivity of
technicians.
24 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
6.2.5.1 Enhancements in maintenance event builder
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
It improves the authorization aspects of the information displayed by using the maintenance event
builder.
It also populates the WBS element on the location tab of maintenance and service
orders.Pain Points:
Customers in a regulated industry, such as defense, need data authorization and compliance
enhancements to avoid unauthorized data access.
Missing WBS element assignment on the location tab of maintenance order could produce incorrect
results from a settlement run.
Business Benefits:
Maintenance event builder improves data and information security.
Maintenance event builder can be assigned to a WBS element, ensuring consistent data usage in the
maintenance order.
Target Group:
Maintenance planner
Maintenance supervisor
Maintenance technician
6.2.5.2 Enhanced electronic logbook
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The logbook is an application that is used to record and track the discrepancies, readings taken, and
events that occur during line maintenance operations. This tool provides the staff operating the
assets with the functions to log defects and enter operational data. It provides maintenance
personnel, such as maintenance engineers and technicians, with functions that ensure the timely and
reliable execution of their maintenance tasks.
Pain Points:
The efficiency of maintenance planning can be improved by synchronizing details in
the logbook transactions and technical structureBusiness Benefits:
25 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The enhanced electronic logbook improves visibility of details in logbook transactions.
Decisions can be made quickly when unnecessary data can be hidden
Target Group:
Maintenance planner
Maintenance supervisor
6.2.6 Enterprise Asset Management: Continuous Improvements (BF:
LOG_EAM_CI_3 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Continuous improvements for fleet and vehicle management, maintenance orders, task lists,
maintenance plans, and so on
Early Adopters:
Customers using enterprise asset management to optimize their processes for fleet and vehicle
management, maintenance cost management, and inspections
Headline:
Streamlined Processes for Maintenance Planning, Execution, and Optimization
Business Benefits:
-Fleet maintenance planners can make knowledge-based decisions with improved reports and
simplified transactions.
- Improved framework of simplified reporting allows usage of transactional data along with extracted
information.
- Standard inspection rounds solution allows definition of a task list that can used to plan and execute
inspection or operator rounds.
- Reduced time and effort to view documents.
- Easy reporting along a multilevel list improves the information presented to maintenance planners
thereby improving the productivity of maintenance planners
6.2.6.1 Improvement in fleet maintenance functionality
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
26 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Basic order view has been enhanced with fields for fleet maintenance. To enable better reporting for
fleet maintenance, SAP NetWeaver BI content has been improved for better reporting features
required for maintaining a fleet of vehicles.
Pain Points:
Vehicle maintenance solution should be very simple and have adaptable reporting features
Business Benefits:
Maintenance planners can make knowledge-based decisions with improved reports and simplified
transactions
Target Group:
Maintenance planners who are managing a large fleet of vehicles will benefit from simplified
reporting and transactions
6.2.6.2 Improved maintenance reports
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
Proper reporting can drastically change the way that people can make business decisions. The
following reports support maintenance planners and supervisors in making informed decisions. 1.
POWER list for maintenance plans
2. POWER list for service and maintenance orders
3. Simplified reports for maintenance cost and maintenance backlog
Pain Points:
Current SAP NetWeaver BI content works only after extracting data from a transactional system, so
that the reports have only historical details
Business Benefits:
Improved framework of simplified reporting allows usage of transactional data along with extracted
information. That enables near-real-time reporting with a large volume of data.
Target Group:
Maintenance planners from organizations that have very large technical assets and need to maintain
them at optimal efficiency
6.2.6.3 Planning and execution of inspection rounds
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
27 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
Up to now, there has been no way to plan and process routes for operator-based maintenance or
inspection rounds in an easy way. Enhanced features can support possibilities to define routes for
operator-based maintenance and streamline execution of the routes.
Pain Points:
Without a standard solution, customers do not use core SAP ERP for inspection rounds, reducing
their chances to improve the performance of assets based on the observed and actual performance
of the assets.
Business Benefits:
Standard inspection rounds solution allows definition of a task list that can used to plan and execute
inspection or operator rounds. Technical objects that need an inspection and measurement point
that are used to record actual inspection results are linked together to prepare inspection rounds.
Target Group:
Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to
maintain them at optimal efficiency
6.2.6.4 Improvements in automatic release of orders
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
It is now possible to define whether the preventive maintenance order will be released automatically
Pain Points:
It is not always possible to release an order automatically. Some may require additional planning.
Business Benefits:
With these enhancements, the planner can review the planning cycle after setting up the new
maintenance plans. Once the order created by maintenance plans are stable, the planner can set the
feature of automatic release of order.
Target Group:
Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to
maintain them to run at optimal efficiency
6.2.6.5 View document attached using generic object services
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
28 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
It is possible to attach documents to technical objects directly using generic object services. These
documents can be viewed during transaction processing. Most of the transactions of maintenance
processing are enhanced to show the availability of documents
Pain Points:
Currently, it is tedious to view the documents attached to a technical objects. Most of the time,
technicians and planners refer to paper documents that are old.
Business Benefits:
New development will reduce time and effort to view documents
Target Group:
Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to
maintain them to run at optimal efficiency
6.2.6.6 List report for maintenance plan items
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
Multilevel list reports are enhanced to select and view maintenance plan items
Pain Points:
Currently, there are no reports to view maintenance plan, maintenance items, and calls together for
a given set of technical objects
Business Benefits:
Easy reporting along a multilevel list improves the information presented to maintenance planners,
thereby improving the productivity of maintenance planners
Target Group:
Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to
maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency
6.2.6.7 Improvements to maintain and use task list
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
It is now possible to record change pointers for maintenance task list. This new feature allows
tracking changes that may occur for a maintenance task list.
29 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Task lists maintenance is enhanced so that fields like unloading point and recipient can be
maintained in a task list, and the details are copied to orders if the task list is used to create the
order.
Pain Points:
It is impossible to check who changed the task list, what was changed, and when the task list was
changed.
Even if task lists are used to create orders, few fields need to me entered manually every time an
order is created.
Business Benefits:
Improved productivity and efficiency for maintenance planners
Target Group:
Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to
maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency
6.2.6.8 Improved material planning integration with maintenance order
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
It is possible for maintenance planner to indicate when the vendor should deliver a part
Pain Points:
Currently, the requirement date for parts needed for an order gets calculated based on a scheduled
date for the operation and lead time of the part. Many times, this date may be incorrect because of
the buffer needed for internal and external factors. That results in a disruption in maintenance
execution because of the nonavailability of parts.
Business Benefits:
More accurate material planning reduces disruption of maintenance work
Target Group:
Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to
maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency
6.2.6.9 Improved work clearance management with line-up
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
30 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Complex assets require functionality to view and verify current and normal operational conditions for
a group of logically related technical objects. The line-up functionality provides a mechanism by
which planners can update the current operational conditions for a group of logically related
technical objects en masse.
Pain Points:
Currently, the operational condition of a technical object has to be updated individually, resulting in
lost time
Business Benefits:
Improved productivity of planner and technician in the field
Target Group:
Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to
maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency
6.2.6.10 Power List for Service and Maintainance Orders
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this new worklist to get an overview of the maintenance and service orders with all
related follow-up documents for the service delivery.
- Display and Change of service and maintenance orders
- Display of equipments
- Display of customers
- Display of SD documents
- Display of notifications
Pain Points:
The POWL Service Order and Maintenance Order provide a simplified view. In this view, all
information that is relevant for a mid market service delivery manager (and/or a maintenance
planner) is visible at a glance.
Business Benefits:
Improved productivity of an Service Delivery Manager or Maintanance Planner
Target Group:
Maintenance Planner, Service Delivery Manager
31 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
6.2.6.11 Power list for Maintenance Plan
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
The new POWL Maintenance Plan is used as a worklist to get an overview of the maintenance plan. It
contains information on all call off objects (documents), which are created through a maintenance
plan.
- Display of contracts
- Display of service orders
- Display of notifications
- Display of purchase orders
- Display and Change of maintenance plan
Pain Points:
The new POWL Maintenance Plan provides a simplified view on Maintenance Plans. In this view,
service delivery manager (and/or a maintenance planner) can find all call off objects (documents),
which are created through a maintenance plan at a glance. From this work list he can easily evaluate,
for instance, the costs of each planned order and the other information for coordination needs.
Business Benefits:
Improve procuctivity and effectivity of an Service Delivery Manager and/or Maintenence Planner
Target Group:
Maintenance Planner; Maintenance Supervisor; Service Delivery Manager
6.3 Project and Portfolio Management
6.3.1 Project System: Handling Large Projects - Master Data (BF:
OPS_PS_HLP_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Using the new project editor transaction, users can maintain separate subsets of master data of large
project structures in a high-performance manner and benefit from a more flexible locking concept.
Certain project changes can be saved as drafts and be compared with each other later on.
Early Adopters:
Customers handling large project structures with project system
32 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Headline:
Efficient Master Data Maintenance of Large Project Structures
Business Benefits:
- Users can maintain separate subsets of project master data in a high-performance manner with the
new project editor
- A flexible locking concept can be used in the project editor to enable parallel changes to project
master data
- Master data changes can be saved as drafts in the project editor and analyzed or compared with
other drafts in the new draft workbench
- Users can access the project editor using a new project work list based on their access control list
authorizations
- Data can be uploaded to a cache to improve the performance of master data changes in the project
editor
6.3.1.1 Master data changes of large project structures
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- The project editor allows users to work on subsets of master data of large projects in a high-
performance manner
- A more flexible locking concept allows users to work in parallel on project master data if required or
save project master data changes as drafts
- A new draft workbench can be used to edit drafts or compare drafts before saving the project
master data changes
- The project editor can be accessed directly or using a user specific project work list (based on ACL
authorization)
- A cache upload can be used to yield additional performance improvements of master data
maintenance in the project editor
Pain Points:
- Performance of maintaining master data of large project structures
- Restrictive locking concept
Business Benefits:
- Allows users to work on subsets of project master data, such as organizational data, control data,
user and customer data, and so on, improving the performance of data maintenance
33 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Master data changes can be performed without locking objects if required
Target Group:
- Users responsible for master data maintenance of large projects
- Administrators responsible for project system performance
6.4 Quality Management
6.4.1 Quality Management: Enhanced Functions in Q-Notifications (BF:
OPS_QM_NOTIFICATION - EhP: 4)
Description:
- Multiple assignments of objects (batches, serial numbers, and so on)
- Extended mail sending functionality for notifications with attachments
- Extended partner selection in reports
- Flexible adjustment of list output for reports
Early Adopters:
Employees entering (customer, vendor, or other) complaints, problems, or any type of notification.
Employees who are involved in the problem-solving (corrective and preventive actions or CAPA)
process, perform evaluations, and report on given problems, defects, and issues. Not industry-
specific; usable for any type of application to document issues and problems, even in terms of
regulatory compliance.
Headline:
Enhanced Notification Process for Improved Problem Management with Flexible Assignment Objects;
Improved Sending and Reporting Capabilities
Business Benefits:
- Reduced number of notifications for the same issues and different objects (example: same problem
for different batches)
- Reduced effort and processing time for issues due to fewer notifications
- Improved information flow and security due to enhanced mail process with attachments
- Reduced effort due to improved selection capability in reports
- Reduced software maintenance costs due to improved standard functionality instead of need for
customer-specific coding
- Improved data visibility due to the enhancement flexibility that is provided
6.4.1.1 Multiple assignments of objects at notification item level
34 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
With the functionality, employees can assign multiple objects of the same type, such as several
batches, serial numbers, inspection lots, and so on to one particular notification at the item level.
Pain Points:
Today, customers need to create several notifications if they want to record issues or complaints for
several objects like a number of defective batches. That leads to great effort in maintaining the data
and during evaluation of the information.
Business Benefits:
- Improved corrective and preventive actions (CAPA) process.
- Reduced number of notifications for recording issues and complaints for several given objects -
example: one notification for 10 batches instead of 10 separate notifications.
- Reduced effort for maintaining the data.
- Increased visibility due to clearer structures.
- Simplified analysis during a CAPA process.
Target Group:
Employees who record issues and notifications such as customer complaints. Employees who are
part of a CAPA process.
6.4.1.2 Enhanced e-mail process for notifications
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
The enhancement enables an improved e-mail process for notifications in terms of:
- Sending the notification as PDF documents
- Attaching documents assigned to the notification and others
- Using the assigned partners (task-responsible employees)
- Using distribution lists based on assigned partners
- Documenting the transmission information in notification tasks
Pain Points:
35 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
With SAP ERP, employees could only send the notification itself by e-mail and send attached
documents separately. An automatic proposal of assigned partners was missing, as was a clear
documentation of the transmission information. The sending process was not compliant with any
regulations in terms of preventing information from being changed afterward.
Business Benefits:
Improved communication between related partners during a CAPA process via:
- Enhanced usability of the e-mail process
- Automatic proposal of assigned partners
- Guidance through the sending procedure
- Flexible selection of additional recipients and documents
- Clear documentation of transmission information and status of the notification data
- Prevention from forgetting to inform people
- Automatic proposal of attached documents
Target Group:
Employees participating in a CAPA or any issue- or complaints-recording process.
6.4.1.3 Improved partner selection capability and list output for notification
reports
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
The enhancement provides an extended partner selection for quality notifications: notifications and
tasks can now be selected via several partner roles and multiple partners.
In addition, a business add-in allows adjustment of the list output for quality notifications in terms of
adding further columns such as text fields for customer or vendor name.
Pain Points:
With earlier versions, analyzing notifications or complaints for a number of involved partners
required multiple runs of the same report, such as for a number of task-responsible people, meaning
great effort and time for researching and consolidating the information.
Extensions of the list output were possible only by copying the reports and making adjustments,
which meant a great IT maintenance effort and effort for checking updates via SAP notes.
Business Benefits:
Improved reporting capabilities for quality notifications
36 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Reduced number of runs for the same investigation for different partners
- Extended visibility of information
- Flexible adjustment capability of reports
Target Group:
Employees dealing with issues, complaints, and notification processing, such as in a CAPA process
6.5 Real Estate Management
6.5.1 Real Estate 2 (BF: RE_GEN_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Contains new functionality in the area of commercial real estate management, especially for
reporting and analytics.
Early Adopters:
Commercial real estate managers and lease administrators
Headline:
Simplify Administration of Your Property Portfolio and Leases Through Enhanced Processes in
Commercial Real Estate Management
Business Benefits:
This business function delivers:
- Improved options for comprehensive analytics
- Better insight and transparency in existing data
- Increased and optimized efficiency for cost efficiency analysis
- Legal requirements according to FASB 13
6.5.1.1 Taking possession dates for straight-lining according to FASB 13 into
account
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- The possession dates (start and end dates) represent the period in which a lessee obtains control of
the leased property.
- According to FASB 13, this is the period that is relevant for straight-line calculations.
37 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- New possession dates fields in the real estate contract make this possible.
Pain Points:
- New legal requirements of FASB 13 could not be met accurately
Business Benefits:
- Meeting entirely new legal requirements according to FASB 13.
Target Group:
- Managers of commercial real estate
- Lease administrators
6.5.1.2 Considering requested notice date in real estate search
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
The setting of a requested notice date allows the real estate search to offer an object according to
that date, although the contractual notice date goes into effect at a later time
Pain Points:
Limited functionality in real estate search
Business Benefits:
- Better consideration of customers' requests
- Higher flexibility of real estate search and contract offer
Target Group:
- Managers of commercial and residential real estate
- Lease administrators
6.5.1.3 Cost efficiency analysis: mass change of current expense items and
reporting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Allowing mass changes of current expense items along with periodic changes, such as changes in
flat fees for administration and maintenance costs
38 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Hanging expense items depending on the age of an object; maintenance costs
terminating expense items
- Reporting of all data for one or more cost efficiency analysis
- Reporting cross-references for current expenses and financing types
Pain Points:
- Significant administration effort when changing expense items for a huge number of cost efficiency
analysis
- Lacking reporting tools for analytics
Business Benefits:
- Gaining efficiency thanks to mass change process
- Gaining insight and transparency
Target Group:
Managers of residential real estate, especially public housing
6.5.1.4 Increased insight: enhancements in SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Optimized SAP NetWeaver BI content for real estate management:
- Time dependency for master data attribute (where missing)
- Assignment of business partners
- Evaluating reasons for notice and vacancy, as well as fluctuation
- New report for architectural view
- Delta updates
- MultiCube for conditions and measurements
Pain Points:
- Missing information in SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence, especially regarding architectural
views
- Performance issues due to missing delta updates
Business Benefits:
39 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Improved options for comprehensive analytics
- Better insight and transparency in existing data
- Improved performance
Target Group:
Managers of commercial and corporate real estate
6.5.1.5 Extended functionality through various enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Report of option rate ratios for real estate objects
- New selection criteria, condition type and condition purpose, for periodic postings
- Editable time-slot filter within report
- Reports for sales-based settlement were changed technically to the RE reporting framework
- Copy architectural and usage objects in RE navigator via drag-and-drop
Pain Points:
- Lack of external audit requirements regarding option rate ratios
- Limited capabilities regarding selections for periodic postings
Business Benefits:
- Increased usability
- More flexibility and individual adaptability
- Better insight and transparency
Target Group:
Managers of commercial and corporate real estate
6.5.1.6 Improved land management and extended analytics
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Simplified handling of parcel number (freely definable in one single field or automatic assignment)
40 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Additional and freely definable classification due to new function field in the general data tab
- New infosystem reports: land registers, parcel objects, area analysis of possession areas,
classifications in real estate cadastre, and usage of parcels
Pain Points:
Lack of country-specific requirement for property taxes in SAP for Public Sector, particularly in
Canada
Business Benefits:
- More flexibility in the handling of land master data
- Improved options for comprehensive analytics
- Better insight into and transparency of existing data
Target Group:
Managers of land and property.
6.5.2 RE-FX Localization Topics for Portugal (BF: FIN_LOC_CI_3 - EhP: 4)
Description:
RE-FX localization for Portugal (SAP Real Estate Management for Portugal)
Early Adopters:
Current SAP Real Estate Management customers will migrate to flexible real estate along with
important new customers from industries such as engineering and construction, telco, public sector,
insurance, banking, retail, services, and transportation
Headline:
Enhance the Business Processes of Flexible Real Estate Management
Business Benefits:
New country-specific functionalities will be available to customers. Legal compliance.
6.5.2.1 Rent adjustment
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The standard rent adjustment reports (for example: REAJPR) shall be used to calculate the new rent
adjustment for the current contracts. This solution could be done via a BADI implementation of
interface IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT.
41 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The BADI checks customizing to see which type of condition or reason could be used for a single
contract.
Pain Points:
Recent legal changes in Portugal established special rent adjustment methods for older contracts
(contract start date before 1990). Recent contracts are adjusted based on the consumer price index
that is published each year.
The main goal of these changes is to rehabilitate old buildings and define a fairer system rule for
the real estate market and lease in and out processes.
Business Benefits:
Automatic adjustment enabling and legal compliance
Target Group:
Customers using business processes in the area of real estate management in Portugal
6.5.2.2 Stamp tax
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:
The stamp tax has two bases:
1. Stamp on documents (of specific operations)
2. Stamp on operations, purchases and sales, rentals, credit utilizations, and so on
In the context of real estate context, it is a one-time tax based on the original conditions of the
contracts or on the differences from adjustments, specifically on rental and property transfer
contracts. The tax to apply is determined by the official stamp tax table.
Calculation depends on a condition that varies in percentage and is based on the amount of another
condition.
Pain Points:
In the context of real estate, the triggering event corresponds to the moment of contract signature in
cases of:
- Acquisition of the ownership or of other rights to real estate
- Lease or sublease of real estate
- Changing agreement conditions related to increasing the basic rent amount
Business Benefits:
Calculation
42 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Periodicity
Single-time tax: it is applied only once with the public deed of the contract
Taxable base
- Property taxable value in case of acquisition contracts
- Total of conditions in rent agreement
- Difference in conditions when the condition rises
Tax rates
In case of
- Acquisition contracts: 0.8%
- Lease-out contracts: 1.0%
- Rise of conditions in lease-out contracts: 0.0%
Postings
Payment
Reporting
- Month
- Annual
Target Group:
Customers using business processes in the area of real estate management in Portugal
6.5.3 Corporate Real Estate (BF: RE_CRE_MISC - EhP: 4)
Description:
Contains new functionality in the area of space and room management that broadens and
supplements the functionality of EhP2.
Early Adopters:
Corporate real estate managers
Headline:
Increase the Value of Your Property Portfolio Through Optimized Corporate Real Estate Management
in an Integrated Environment
Business Benefits:
43 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
You can use this business function to optimize your corporate real estate management in an
integrated environment. It allows your organization to simplify space and move management as well
as room reservation.
6.5.3.1 Long-term seating arrangement and move planning
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Definition of different degrees of occupancy, so that various quotes of workplaces can be assigned
to an occupant (1/2, 1, 2, and so on)
- Reports on vacancy and degrees of occupancy on a given a period or key date
- Reversal of postings for reservation and continuous occupancy and improved posting run
- Optimized handling of different move dates (move-in or move-out) within one single move plan
Pain Points:
Optimized space utilization is difficult to achieve within an organization due to a lack of transparency
and rapid changes of demand
Business Benefits:
- Increased space utilization and reduced operating costs
- Improved investment decisions through comprehensive analysis of space demand and offer
- Full transparency and allocation of costs and revenues to departments
Target Group:
- Managers of corporate real estate
- Facility managers
- Business users
6.6 Travel Management
6.6.1 Travel Management 2 (BF: FIN_TRAVEL_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Web application express expense sheet for daily travelers; integration of travel planning and expense
management with event management tools; travel planning with airfare matrix, mixed air/rail
availability, and multiple airport search; employee self-service travel management for public sector
(DE).
44 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Early Adopters:
Customers using SAP Travel Management and those who have already upgraded their back-end
system to SAP ERP 6.0.
Headline:
Streamline and Simplify Your Travel Management Process
Business Benefits:
Full self-service automation for daily travelers: acceleration of data entry, greater adoption of travel
and expenses self-services across all business units and traveler types, acceleration for booking and
expense reporting for corporate event management processes, reduced direct travel costs due to
transparency and comparability of air and rail fares at time of booking, reduced process costs for
meeting and event travel.
For public sector organizations: self-service travel request, automated pretrip approval, budget
encumbrances and pretrip cost transparency for managers, automated expense reporting for faster
reimbursement processes, and improved cash flow.
6.6.1.1 Express expense sheet
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
The express expense sheet allows fast entry of expense reports per week, month, or custom period.
Especially for countries with per-diem based reimbursement rules for travel expenses, the solution
now offers a fast and efficient way to capture expenses in a single user interface. Standard travel
management features like receipt imaging, credit card clearing, simulation, and mass print are also
supported. Customers can benefit from great flexibility of configuration of user interface content, so
the mass entry really meets the needs of staff that travels a great deal.
Pain Points:
Previously, the Web-based self-services did not offer a mass entry function for countries and
industries with per-diem reimbursements. That implied that daily travelers like maintenance
technicians had to use the road map-guided self-service of create expense report and enter one
expense report per day, which took too long.
Business Benefits:
Process automation for expense management, reduced process costs (indirect travel expenses),
accelerated reimbursement processes, controlled compliance with travel policy, and reduced
approval items for managers.
Target Group:
Daily travelers (sales staff and service technicians) who have many short trips a week or month
45 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
6.6.1.2 Employee self-services of travel management for public sector
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
The new self-service applications of create travel request and create expense report are especially
designed for the needs of public sector organizations: explicit approval of means of transportation
and accommodation, detailed estimated costs for precise budget encumbrance and cost
transparency for managers, standard travel authorization for specific travel activities, expense report
with full compliance with German statutory requirements on a federal level and state (Bundesland)
level. However, the enhancements can also be used by other industries and countries.
Pain Points:
Public sector organizations must follow a clear pretrip approval process, which is still mainly handled
in paper-based processes with manual signatures - triggering enormous process and material costs.
Approvers never had full transparency of the costs that would arise with a trip they approve to be
taken. For use as self-service scenario, no Web application was available so far.
Business Benefits:
Travelers in public sector organizations can now: get online approval for planned business trip and
send reservation request to travel agent (if approved), complete prepopulated expense reports in an
intuitive Web application. Managers can now preview the estimated costs, explicitly approve
customizable travel categories, and review expense reports online. Travel experts can now
concentrate on real fulfillment tasks such as search for cost efficient transportation and exception
checks.
Target Group:
Employees and travelers
6.6.1.3 Travel planning with airfare matrix and mixed air/rail availability
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / bothDescription:
The air availability in travel planning now offers the following enhancements: interactive airfare
matrix for easy comparison and selection of available flights and fares, premium economy class,
search at multiple airports, and comparison of air and rail connections in a mixed display.
Pain Points:
Travelers need more information on the available fares and their conditions, and the differences
between the fares available for one flight connection to make the right choice for their travel
schedules and to save direct travel costs. Also, when choosing between air and rail connections,
travelers have had to look up different availability pages to compare duration and fares.
46 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
All new features will further help companies reduce direct travel costs, because travelers and travel
arrangers can make better decisions on the lowest available fare and means of transportation that
still meets the traveler's requirements for flexibility, rebooking, and meeting schedule.
Target Group:
Travelers and employees
6.6.1.4 ES bundle: integration of SAP Travel Management and SAP Event
Management
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
The ES bundle integrates the different process steps of travel and event management (partner
solutions) into one complete process. From the creation, approval, operational handling, online
travel booking, and expense reporting of employees up to the analytics part the complete data can
be captured on an SAP cost object. That will be the container for all event-related costs.
Pain Points:
Customers today have no control of their meeting and event spending and how it is spent.
Approximately 30% to 40% of total travel and entertainment expenditures is spent on meetings and
events. The data relevant for negotiations with suppliers is missing.
Business Benefits:
Strategic meeting programs give companies the option to leverage transient travel volume when
negotiating with service providers. Integration of such tools with SAP Travel Management and the
SAP ERP landscape can save companies up to 5% of their costs. Covering the complete process from
approval to analytics allows customers to get a complete picture of their spend for meetings and
events and enable them to save based on
better vendor negotiation and elimination of manual process steps.
Target Group:
Corporate Travel Managers; Corporate Meeting & Event Managers; Corporate Purchaser
47 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
7 Cross SAP ERP
7.1 Cross SAP ERP
7.1.1 ERP, New User Interface for ABAP Lists (BF: ERP_ALL_LISTS - EhP: 4)
Description:
New user interface (mostly ALV) for about 200 write lists provides increased usability and
harmonized end-user interaction.
Early Adopters:
Customers who want to unify the user experience of existing write listsHeadline:
Harmonize and Standardize User Interaction with Lists
Business Benefits:
- About 200 previously delivered write lists are replaced by lists (mostly ALV) that provide increased
usability and harmonized end-user interaction.
- The new lists improve the end-user experience and help reduce training effort.
7.1.1.1 New user interface for existing write lists
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Several of the previously delivered write lists provide highly individual graphical display and
interaction capabilities. With the new user interface, these capabilities are harmonized and unified.
Pain Points:
To leverage the capabilities of the previously delivered write lists, end users had to know about the
individual features of the lists.
Business Benefits:
With the new user interface, list display and end-user interaction is harmonized and unified
Target Group:
Customers who want to unify the user experience of existing write lists
Flexibility to continue usage of selected write lists instead of new lists
new lists
Class/Level of Innovation:
48 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The functionality is offered to decide (mostly on a report level) whether the new user interface or
one of the previously delivered write lists will be used. By default, the new user interface is being
used after switching on the business function, but the customer can select to use the user interface
of the previously delivered write list instead.
Pain Points:
- The end users may be very familiar with certain write lists that are already being used and don't
want to adopt a new user interface.
- The unification of different specialized user interfaces sometimes requires to relinquish one or
another individual feature, but customers may prefer in some cases to stick to such a feature by
accepting different user interfaces.
Business Benefits:
Customers can decide on the report level whether they want to use the new user interface
Target Group:
End users who are very familiar with existing write lists and their individual features
7.1.2 Embedded Search in SAP ERP (BF: ERP_ENTERPRISESEARCH - EhP:
4)
Description:
Embedded Search is now available for key business objects in SAP ERP to support embedded search
scenarios and provide fast, simple, and generic search access to business information.
It is the first step toward a planned Google-like search experience across SAP Business Suite.
Early Adopters:
SAP ERP customers who are looking for an improved search experience and want to take advantage
of a Google-like search featuring secure full-text search capabilities and fuzzy search options
Headline:
Secure Free-Text Search Capability for Key Operational Business Data
Business Benefits:
Fast, simple, and secure search-driven information access
Reduce customer TCO by providing easy-to-use search functionality that applies to professional and
casual users
7.1.2.1 Search-enablement of key business objects in SAP ERP Operations
49 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / New Capability
Description:
Makes key business objects (mainly SAP ERP Operations) available for Embedded Search. Examples
include material, customer, vendor, sales order, purchase order, quality notifications, document info
record, and so on.
Pain Points:
Great amount of time spent retrieving structured and unstructured business information
Business Benefits:
Fast, simple, search-driven information access
Secure, generic search access to business information
Target Group:
Professional and occasional users
7.1.3 Enhanced Initial Data Transfer (BF: CA_CIF_INILOAD_01 - EhP: 4)
Description:
1. Parallelized data transfer of PDS via core interface (CIF): PDS transfer to SAP SCM during initial
load.
2. Incremental data transfer via CIF: new integration model-handling method. CIF objects in the
integration model without errors during the initial load are active; others are excluded.
Early Adopters:
Because this enhancement is in the core interface area, the new functionality will affect every
customer who uses SAP ERP and SAP SCM in their business processes. Of particular importance is the
improvement for customers who integrate product data structures (PDS) in addition to their material
master data, because both sets of master data are affected here.
Headline:
Better Performance for Product Data Structures (PDS) Transfers from SAP ERP to SAP SCM - More
Sophisticated Handling and Better Usability
Business Benefits:
PDS transfer via the CIF interface has better performance due to parallelization of data block
processing. The incremental load of material master data via the CIF interface enables users to load
data from SAP ERP to SAP SCM even if the selected data set contains erroneous objects. The correct
sets will be transferred, while the failed ones will be reported and can be reloaded after correcting
the errors. This approach enables faster startup of processes that cross SAP ERP and SAP SCM and
narrows error-detection activities to a smaller number of objects.
50 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
7.1.3.1 Incremental load of material master data
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The enhancement enables users to load material master data from SAP ERP into SAP SCM in
increments. In case of an error, the CIF reports the error but continues loading the master data that
is error-free. That is called a partial load. After completion, the user can check the results and correct
the erroneous data. After correction, the user had to load only the remaining master data increment,
which saves time and capacity.
Pain Points:
- Performance of master data load into SAP SCM
- In case of erroneous master data objects, it is a tedious to find the errors among a large number of
objects
Business Benefits:
- Speeds up data integration between SAP ERP and SAP SCM
- Enables easier detection and correction of faulty master data
Target Group:
- Master data administrators
- Users using SAP SCM in connection with SAP ERP
7.1.3.2 Parallel load of PDS objects
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
PDS objects can now be loaded via CIF from SAP ERP into SAP SCM in parallel mode. This feature
enhances performance when a high number of PDS are selected for transfer. The number of objects
per thread and number of parallel threads is customizable in the CIF. Now this feature is enabled for
PDS objects.
Pain Points:
Performance of PDS transfer into SAP SCM
Business Benefits:
- Faster load of a larger number of PDS objects
- Better distribution of processing load among servers based on parallelization
51 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
- Users handling PDSs
7.1.4 ERP, PDF-based forms (BF: ERP_ALL_PDF_FORMS - EhP: 4)
Description:
- Large number of new PDF forms
- PDF forms allow standard output on printers and on screen, an option for archiving documents, and
sending a document via e-mail
- All common business cases for printing forms can now be covered with PDF forms (restrictions may
apply to some country versions)
Early Adopters:
Customers who want to create or simply use compelling forms with little effort
Headline:
PDF Based Forms for all Common Business Cases
Business Benefits:
Customers will appreciate the low TCO paired with compelling looks and usability
7.1.4.1 Large number of new PDF print forms delivered in addition to the existing
forms
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Large number of new PDF-based forms delivered in addition to the existing forms
- PDF-based forms allow standard output on printers and on screeen in the de facto standard PDF
format, the option of archiving documents, and sending a PDF document via e-mail
- All common business cases for printing forms can now be covered with PDF-based forms
(restrictions may apply to some country versions).
Pain Points:
- Significant effort to create and maintain forms in SAP software
- The need to design individual, pixel-perfect forms for print and screen output
Business Benefits:
-Customers will appreciate the low TCO paired with compelling appearance and usability.
52 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Easy creation and maintenance of PDF-based forms using Adobe Lifecycle Designer compared to
remarkably greater effort when working with SAPScript or SmartForms.
- Professional look of customer facing documents crated in SAP System.
- Possibility to include digital signatures (if respective application supports them)
Target Group:
Customers who want to create or use compelling forms with little effort
53 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
8 End-User Service Delivery
8.1 End-User Service Delivery
8.1.1 HCM Localization Topics for Russia (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
- Additional off-cycle payroll calculations, such as vacation, reconciliation for the termination of
contracts, off-cycle bonus payments, and retirement
- Additional localization of SAP Employee Self-Service country-specific data maintenance and
approval based on HCM processes and forms
Early Adopters:
All payroll customers in Russia
Headline:
Additional Localization of Off-Cycle Payroll Calculation and Data Maintenance in SAP Employee Self-
Service
Business Benefits:
- New off-cycle payroll functions for fully legally compliant calculations and reporting of vacations,
stopping of labor contract, retirement, and bonuses.
- Enhanced functions of master data management available for employees via employee self-service
portal.
8.1.1.1 New off-cycle processes in payroll
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:
Customer can run off-cycle payroll calculations including vacation calculation, reconciliation by finish
of labor contract, off-cycle bonus payment, and calculation only on retirement date.
Pain Points:
Require a work-around solution to run off-cycle payroll calculations including vacation calculation,
reconciliation by finish of labor contract, off-cycle bonus payment, and calculation only on retirement
date.
Business Benefits:
Allows running off-cycle payroll calculations including vacation calculation, reconciliation by finish of
labor contract, off-cycle bonus payment, and calculation only on retirement date without work-
around solutions.
54 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
All payroll customers in Russia
8.1.1.2 Support for New Scenarios with SAP Employee Self-Service
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Employees can maintain their travel passport of RF citizen and education information with SAP
Employee Self-Service
Pain Points:
SAP Employee Self-Service not offered for the above scenarios for Russia with the standard product
Business Benefits:
Allows employees to maintain their travel passport of RF citizen and education information with SAP
Employee Self-Service
Target Group:
Employees
8.1.2 Continuous Improvement Employee Interaction Center (BF:
HCM_EIC_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
A new concept for security, authorization, and user separation to restrict handling and access to
service tickets for user roles in the employee interaction center (EIC). Enhanced print function, new
portal content for EIC roles, expanded employee search function, and flexible custom views.
Early Adopters:
- Customers with a strong need for security constraints and data protection to restrict access to
sensitive activity data
- Customers with a strong need to differentiate authorization levels for user accountability and
responsibility
- Customers with a demand for flexible customizing options to create custom data views and print
activities
Headline:
Maximize Data Security, Protection, and Process Control with Enhanced Authorization for Activity
Access and Handling
Business Benefits:
55 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Enhance data security and protection for user access to activity data
- Enhance customer flexibility to define and display custom views (employee search and activity)
- Improve employee search capabilities with additional search field criteria
- Strengthen risk and compliance management with new activity print capabilities
- Simplify data administration with new portal content for EIC role
- Increase operational efficiency and improve end-user experience with usability enhancements
8.1.2.1 Enhanced print capabilities with the activity print function
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
This function provides the ability to print an activity data summary in an easy-to-read, print-friendly
format (Adobe PDF) that can be tailored and customized to fit your company's business needs
Pain Points:
- Customers require the ability to produce a hard-copy document and summary of activity data
- Customers require the ability to restrict print capabilities if EIC agents are not authorized to view
and maintain activity data
Business Benefits:
- Increase convenience and minimize risk by enabling a print summary and hard copy document of
activity data
- Enhance flexibility and personalization options by allowing customers to modify and customize the
print template to fit their business needs
- Improve the end-user experience by providing the ability to save and download activity data for
future retrieval and storage
- Maintain high security by restricting print capabilities to unauthorized users
Target Group:
All EIC agents or EIC managers (end users) who have access to the EIC application and can view or
maintain activity data
8.1.2.2 Enhanced data security and authorization for activity-handling
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
56 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
This functionality introduces a new concept for security and authorization to restrict user accesses
and handling of activity data for different user roles
Pain Points:
- Currently, there is no concept to support user separation for EIC data and functionality for different
user roles
- Customers need more advanced security constraints to restrict access to activity data for
unauthorized users
- Customers need better system control and more flexible options to protect and secure activity data
Business Benefits:
- Minimize risk and prevent unauthorized access to activity data with enhanced data security and
protection
- Enhance system control and monitoring with flexible options to define security settings
- Increase effectiveness and efficiency of EIC agents by limiting data access to relevant function, role,
and tasks
Target Group:
EIC agents and EIC managers (end users) who can access the EIC application and view or maintain
activity data
8.1.2.3 Expanded data field options with flexible custom views
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The function provides customers with greater flexibility to create, display, and store their own
activity data fields using custom views in the EIC application
Pain Points:
- Limited ability to add and display additional employee data fields from the employee search view
and activity view
- More flexibility is required to define data field options which meet customers' business needs
Business Benefits:
- Greater flexibility for customers to create and define custom views that meet their business needs
- Enhanced capability to define the most relevant and useful data fields for business users (end users)
57 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Enhanced usability and reporting capabilities with additional data field options for employee search
and activity view
Target Group:
EIC agents or EIC managers (end users) who have access to the EIC application and can view and
maintain activity data
58 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
9 Financials
9.1 Corporate Governance
9.1.1 Financials Master Data Management: Charts of Accounts (BF:
FIN_MDM_ACC - EhP: 4)
Description:
A solution to maintain financial master data centrally in a corporate group with features like
versioning of the master data and approval workflow. The master data can be distributed by services
or download to operational systems.
Early Adopters:
Large corporate groups that use several different systems for financial accounting, consolidation,
planning, and reporting
Headline:
Improved consistency of master data within corporate groups
Business Benefits:
Sarbanes-Oxley-compliant governance process for corporate maintenance of charts of accounts.
Consistent charts of accounts in operational systems and consistent mapping to a group chart of
accounts for group close.
Less manual work due to automated distribution of master data changes.
9.1.1.1 Time and period-dependent versioning
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
An edition defines changes of selected types of objects that will become valid at a certain period
Pain Points:
Time-dependent versions of master data have to be maintained in parallel
All changes from one version to another should become effective together at a defined time
Differences between two versions should be easily visible
Business Benefits:
In financial master data management, time consistency is essentially for the customers for historical,
current, and future validities of objects
59 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.
9.1.1.2 Flexible data model for entities to be maintained in central MDM
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The metadata model of the master data is the foundation for financial MDM: it defines the
persistence structure (database tables) of the entities, their relationship, and their attributes.
- Data Model delivered for standard SAP objects (example: chart of accounts)
- Reuse of existing data elements in SAP ERP
- Use of existing ERP tables as look-up tables
- Customer-defined enhancements of data model
Pain Points:
Maintenance of financial master data in several systems:
- Several operational systems (ERP)
- Consolidation and planning system(s) (CPM)
- Reporting system(s) (BI)
Inconsistent data in different systems
Significant effort for reconciliation in:
- Group close
- Corporate performance managementBusiness Benefits:
Ability to maintain and manage master data in a central system:
- Customers can use multiple data models at the same time. That makes individual data models
easier to understand and to maintain.
Target Group:
Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.
9.1.1.3 Flexible and comfortable maintenance
9.1.1.4 in one central system
Class/Level of Innovation:
60 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Web UI with customer enhancements
- Customer-defined validations
- Customer-defined authorizations
- Mass change
- Maintenance of hierarchies
- Authorizations for entities and attributes
Pain Points:
The master data is used and maintained in several different IT systems:
- Several operational ERP systems
- A consolidation system
- Reporting systems (BI)
- Planning systems (CPM)
Significant effort to maintain identical master data for a given period in a distributed system
landscape.
Business Benefits:
Great flexibility and comfortable maintenance
Target Group:
Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.
9.1.1.5 System-controlled change process with flexible approval workflows
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Change request describes the business reasons for a required change of master data and controls the
approval and execution of the actual changes.
Change has to be assigned to an edition (status: in process).
Change request ensures auditability of any change: what, when, who, and why
Textual description, attachments, and comments
61 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Reporting of change requests with status
Pain Points:
In an approval process, several people have to be informed or have to approve a change before it
becomes effective:
No integrated approval process
No central audit trail
No historic versionsBusiness Benefits:
Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act:
Corporations listed on U.S. stock exchanges have to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
Sarbanes-Oxley rules require:
Four eyes for certain transactions and changes: approval process
Audit trail: tracking of history of changes and approvals
Corporate CFO is responsible for compliance of local processes to corporate guidelines. Local
compliance is supported by enforcing corporate chart of accounts and guidelines in local ERP systems
Target Group:
Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.
9.1.1.6 Automated distribution to consuming systems
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
Sets of changes of an edition are distributed to several systems.
Distribution preferably by enterprise SOA services (or upload and download)
Pain Points:
Distribution of the master data into the operative systems (example: new general
ledger in SAP ERP Financials) and the system(s) performing the group close (like EC-
CS and SEM-BCS)Business Benefits:
Significant automation of the distribution process: reduce manual work and leverage fast close.
Target Group:
Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.
62 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
9.2 Financial Accounting
9.2.1 Partly Exempt Organizations (BF: FIN_ACC_PEO - EhP: 4)
Description:
New functional capabilities have been provided that enable handling of value-added tax (VAT) for
partly exempt organizations
Early Adopters:
Customers with partly exempt organizations
Headline:
Handling of Value-Added Tax (VAT) for Partly Exempt Organizations
Business Benefits:
This business function allows organizations with partly exempt organizations, which handle VAT tax
differently to the rest of the entity, to implement fast, easy to use and profitable tax-exempt
business scenarios. For a partly exempt organization, tax reporting can be carried out to justify the
tax exemption and deduction rate. With this information, the sales tax statement can be filed with
the tax office. Partly exempt organizations can be used in the privat sector and in the public sector.
9.2.1.1 Tax handling for partly exempt organization
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:
With this feature, you can map in the system the company areas that are completely or partially
exempt from paying tax. You can define special tax codes for these areas and create tax reports as
proof for the tax office. In addition, you can use a program for supplementary tax adjustments for
variable tax deduction rates.
Pain Points:
- Handling of value-added tax (VAT) for partly exempt organizations
- Difficulties in preparing the sales tax statement for the local tax authority when running partly
exempt organizations
Business Benefits:
Allows the handling of value-added tax (VAT) for partly exempt organizations
Target Group:
All customers who run partly exempt organizations
9.2.2 Contract Accounts A/R and A/P, 02 (BF: FICAX_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
63 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
Generic development and enhanced functionality in the area of contract accounting
Early Adopters:
Customers with a large volume of business partners and documents to process
Headline:
Generic Development and Enhancements in the Area of Contract Accounting
Business Benefits:
Generic enhancements in contract accounting: enhancements for installment plans, enhanced
revenue distribution, business partner locks enhancements, new mass activity for credit card
payments, group items for automatic clearing, new features for mass activities, use of ledger groups
for doubtful receivables, new archiving objects, new extractors into SAP NetWeaver BI, and services
for legal dunning and external cash desk
9.2.2.1 Enhancements for installment plans
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Calculate interest at creation of an installment plan. Calculation and posting of fines, fees, and
inflation surcharge based on the original items. Special reporting tool for installment plans which
allows the open item evaluation to take the deferred due dates into account.
Pain Points:
Enhancements of the installment plan functionality, which is necessary to fulfill Brazilian market
requirements. Covers mail order business requirements for representing long-term payment
agreements by installment plans up to several years.
Business Benefits:
Because receivables with a due date more than one year in the future have to be reported
separately; installment plans are considered in year-end closing
Target Group:
Accountant
9.2.2.2 New mass activity for revenue distribution
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
64 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The new mass activity for revenue distribution permits automatic posting of distributions. Two
reports for analysis are also offered.
Pain Points:
Lacking automation in revenue distribution
Business Benefits:
Automation of event-based revenue and cost distribution in scenarios like season ticketing with
enhanced deferred revenues functionality
Target Group:
Accountant
9.2.2.3 Business partner locks enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can set preconfigured end-dates for business locks. Authorization concept is used at creation of
business locks
Pain Points:
Customers can now set an end date for business partner locks by default and perform authorization
checks
Business Benefits:
Automation and enhanced flexibility
Target Group:
Accountant
9.2.2.4 New mass activity for credit card payments
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Automatically mass-process credit card payments
Pain Points:
Missing mass activity for credit card payments
Business Benefits:
65 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Automation
Target Group:
Accountant
9.2.2.5 Group items for automatic clearing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can group selected items at automatic clearing
Pain Points:
Customers can now group selected open items during the automatic clearing process
Business Benefits:
Usability
Target Group:
Accountant
9.2.2.6 New features for mass activities
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
In mass activities you can predefine a preselection, use generic variants, and configure log classes
Pain Points:
Usability of mass activities
Business Benefits:
Usability and automation
Target Group:
Accountant
9.2.2.7 Use ledger groups for doubtful receivables
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
66 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
You can use ledger groups for doubtful receivables
Pain Points:
No ledger groups for doubtful receivables
Business Benefits:
Usability and more flexible handling of doubtful receivables
Target Group:
Accountant
9.2.2.8 New archiving objects
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can archive revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents
Pain Points:
No archiving of revenues distribution and doubtful receivables documents
Business Benefits:
TCO reduction
Target Group:
Accountant and system administrator
9.2.2.9 New extractors into SAP NetWeaver BI
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Payment and returns history can be extracted to SAP NetWeaver BI
Pain Points:
No extraction of payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI
Business Benefits:
Better analytics
Target Group:
67 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Accountant
9.2.2.10 Service for legal dunning
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
You can use an enterprise service to communicate with external collection agencies and legal
dunning organizations
Pain Points:
No interface for legal dunning and external collections agencies
Business Benefits:
Standardized communication
Target Group:
Collector
9.2.2.11 Extended service for external cash desks
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Additional features of the enterprise service for external cash desks to be used in an internal scenario
Pain Points:
No option to use the service in an internal scenario
Business Benefits:
Use the service internally
Target Group:
Cashier and collector
9.2.2.12 Define champion and challenger collection strategies
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
68 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The new feature allows defining test series for champion and challenger collection strategies. For a
certain percentage of your champion collection strategies, you can define challenger strategies,
which are then assigned to the master data groups.
Pain Points:
Collection agencies are constantly looking for options to improve their collection activities
Business Benefits:
The new features allow testing the current collection strategies against alternative collection
approaches. If the challenger strategy is more successful, you can replace the current champion
strategy to improve collections.
Target Group:
Collection agencies
9.2.2.13 Manage correspondence in interaction center
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Configure correspondence types
Compose outbound correspondence
Provide document management services
Pain Points:
Depending on its collection procedures, a collection agency needs to maintain various
correspondence types
Business Benefits:
The new feature allows collection agencies to set up new correspondence types flexibly for collection
purposes and use them in the context of SAP Collections Management
Target Group:
Collection agencies
9.2.2.14 Enhanced revenue distribution
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
69 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Consider distribution rates to distribute revenues, open items, and unassigned payments to final
recipients
Pain Points:
Revenue agencies have to distribute revenues to final recipients automatically
Business Benefits:
The new feature allows revenue agencies to automate the distribution of revenues.
Target Group:
Revenue agencies
9.2.2.15 Fund accounting integration
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
FM derivation and update: the reconciliation account is replaced in the FM derivation by the general
ledger account that results from account determination.
Grant-enabled FICA: the grant field can be used as an input field when posting FICA documents using
transaction FPE1.
GM Update: The Order, Cost Center, and WBS element are made available in the Grants
Management Update for the receivable/payable line(s) coming from FICA.
Splitting of Business Partner Lines: The user can enter one Business Partner Line and more than one
General Ledger Lines and the system splits the Business Partner Line into as many lines as General
Ledger Lines in the document.
Pain Points:
Reporting according to fund accounting regulations
Business Benefits:
Enhanced reporting capabilities
Target Group:
Accountants
9.2.3 FI Localization Topics for Japan and South Korea (BF: FIN_LOC_CI_4 -
EhP: 4)
Description:
FIN localization enhancements for Korea and Japan
70 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Tax reporting: to maintain Korea-specific fields time-dependently in the vendor and customer master
Payments: to determine the due date of BOE in the authomatic payment program. Invoice
Summary Enhancements for Japan
Early Adopters:
All Korean customers who plan to use SAP ERP 6.0, including new and installed based customers
across all industries. Samsung Group will be Early Adopters.
Headline:
Localization for Continues Improvement of Tax Report and Automatic Payment Program
Business Benefits:
Legal compliance for South Korean against specific local time dependently fields for vendor and
customers; Improve payment running efficiency and accuracy for South Korea customers, Improve
system process automation and data consistency.
9.2.3.1 Enhancement of Korean Tax Report and Automatic Payment
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
1. Maintain the Korean specific fields(VAT reg.no. Tax code1, type of business, type of industry,
Representative name) in vendor&customer master time-dependently. 2. To determin a due date of
BOE and payment method automatically depending on a business type of vendor during the
automatic payment program.
Pain Points:
Legal compliance risks, high payment running efforts and costs
Business Benefits:
Minimize manual adjustment and improve system automation, improve data consistency.
Target Group:
Impact all customers
9.2.4 Information Life-Cycle Management: Tax Auditing (BF: FIN_ACC_ILM -
EhP: 4)
Description:
Extract all relevant data (master and transaction data) for doing tax audits with the retention
warehouse after decommissioning the original system
71 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Early Adopters:
All customers who have to decommission an SAP system.
Headline:
Archive the Data of a System to Be Decommissioned
Business Benefits:
The original system can be retired. The financial data, including master data and customizing data,
will be stored in a separate archive system. It is possible to analyze the data at any time in the future
in the retention warehouse.
9.2.4.1 Archive context data
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
In addition to the normal archive process, the context data (master data and customizing) can also be
stored in a archive system
Pain Points:
Decommission an SAP system
Business Benefits:
Reduce total cost of ownership
Target Group:
System administrator
9.2.5 FI Localization Topics for Japan and Portugal (BF: FIN_LOC_CI_2 -
EhP: 4)
Description:
FI-AA localization enhancements for Japan and Portugal : property tax (Japan), invoice summary
enhancements (Japan), and MAPAS Fiscais (Portugal)
Early Adopters:
Corporate accounting
Headline:
Performance Improvement with Adobe Page-Split Functionality for Asset Accounting Reports: New
Functions for Invoice Summary
Business Benefits:
72 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Asset accounting: performance enhancement for property tax, and MAPAS fiscais reports are
required because of the expected high volume of pages to be printed (up to 50,000). The
development is related to splitting output into smaller jobs (up to 200 pages each).
9.2.5.1 Accessibility and performance improvement with SAP Interactive Forms
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
The output of the report programs would be displayed in Adobe form, which makes the reports
compliant with accessibility. Performance of the report has been improved with the new Adobe split
functionality.
Pain Points:
Performance pressure in running reporting and inflexibility when tuning the length of PDF report
Business Benefits:
Performance optimization for running reports and improved processing capacity
Target Group:
Corporate accounting
Credit Card Encryption: Periodic Key Exchange (BF: PCA_KEYV -
PCA_KEYV - EhP: 4)
Description:
Periodic exchange of encryption keys used for payment card encryption according to the PCI DSS
standard
Early Adopters:
Secure handling of payment card data in SAP ERP
Headline:
Support of periodic exchange of encryption keys for payment cards
Business Benefits:
Improvement of the security settings in SAP ERP for credit card handling
9.2.6.1 Periodic key exchange
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
73 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
New key versions for credit card encryption can be generated with a new transaction.
It is possible to create an unlimited number of key versions.
The system always uses the most recent version of the key for new encryptions.
For decryption, old key versions are still used as long as data records for encrypted payment cards
that
have been encrypted using the old version still exist in the system.
The encrypted, stored credit card data can be migrated to the new key version, and the key versions
that are no longer used can be deleted.
Pain Points:
The Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) standard comprises requirements for
secure handling of credit card data for systems or applications. Besides others, which are already
fulfilled by SAP ERP and industry applications, it requires that encryption keys are exchanged
periodically and are finally destroyed, which is provided with this feature.
Business Benefits:
The credit card key exchange improves secure handling of payment card data. In addition to the
existing functionalities of an encrypted storage of credit card data in the system, masked display of
credit data in user interfaces, and so on, the keys to encrypt payment data can be exchanged
periodically and keys that are not used any more can be deleted.
Target Group:
Administrator triggering the key exchange and scheduling migration programs
9.2.7 Integration FI-CA/CRM Dispute Management (BF:
FICA_FSCM_CRM_DISPUTE - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enables integration of dispute management in FI-CA with dispute management in SAP CRM in the
interaction center (IC) Web Client
Early Adopters:
Service industries using FI-CA
Headline:
Integration of Dispute Management in FI-CA and SAP CRM
Business Benefits:
Integration of dispute management in FI-CA with dispute management in SAP CRM
74 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
9.2.7.1 Integration of dispute management in FI-CA with dispute management in
SAP CRM
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Enables integration of dispute management in FI-CA and SAP CRM
Pain Points:
Missing integration of dispute management in FI-CA and SAP CRM
Business Benefits:
Integration of dispute management in FI-CA and SAP CRM
Target Group:
Dispute managers and collectors
9.2.8 General Ledger Accounting 2 (BF: FIN_GL_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Improve closing (enhanced check of posting periods)
Verify data transparency better (drill down from FI to CO data)
Validate data quality using additional account assignments (profit center)
Identify documents posted in new G/L ledger groups
Early Adopters:
Customers who want to have more transparency when performing parallel accounting using parallel
ledgers,
balance sheet, and profit-and-loss on additional account assignments
Headline:
Improved Business Process Control and Data Quality with Parallel Accounting and Additional Account
Assignments
Business Benefits:
Customers will have more control and transparency in terms of fast close and parallel accounting
9.2.8.1 Profit center assignment monitor
Class/Level of Innovation:
75 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Simplification / both
Description:
You can check the profit center assignment in sales order items and in real estate objects (RE-FX).
You can select the items and objects with specific profit center assignments or with missing
assignments. You can get an overview list of all items and objects.
Pain Points:
When correct profit center assignments were missing, postings were incomplete or incorrect. That
caused problems, especially when a profit-and-loss statement or balance sheet on the profit center
level is required.
Business Benefits:
Using this overview, you can find and correct missing assignments more easily.
Target Group:
Users who are responsible for profit center-related reporting
9.2.8.2 Guided procedure for document split configuration
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The wizards are a step-by-step aid to perform the document split customizing. The advantage over
following the IMG is that the system performs checks and document simulation on the basis of
existing documents.
Pain Points:
Customers had to be highly skilled in terms of document split customizing and functionality. Wizards
now help understand the meaning of the relevant customizing views better and give hints on how to
perform more consistent customizing.
Business Benefits:
Faster and more consistent customizing of the document split function
Better understanding of overall document split functionality
Target Group:
Users implementing document split customizing
9.2.8.3 Drill-down reporting from FI to CO
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
76 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
Additional drill-down functionalities from financial reports into controlling and financial reports.
Profit center and origin object type (example: cost center) information is a source for further drill-
down into controlling reports. The target reports are called via a reporting interface. Target reports
can be standard reports, custom or specific reports, and transactions.
Pain Points:
No drill-down capabilities from profit center reports into controlling reports; values at the profit
center currently cannot be reconciled with controlling data
Business Benefits:
Better reporting integration from FI to CO, value reconciliation between profit centers and cost
objects (origin objects), transparency between FI and CO values, and less reconciliation effort
Target Group:
Financial accountants, controllers, and persons responsible for profit centers
9.2.8.4 Ledger group-specific display of documents
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can select documents according to ledger or ledger group within EhP 4 using standard reports -
RFBELJ00, RFBELJ00_NACC, and - RFBUEB00
You can use the selection for customer-defined reports that are related to logical database BRF
Pain Points:
FI documents can be posted to a specific ledger group, but the reporting on documents previously
provided only selection via ledger. Therefore, some reports have been adapted so that the FI
documents can also be selected via ledger group and a customer may sort the FI documents via the
ledger group in the output list.
Business Benefits:
Customers running parallel accounting using the ledger approach covering different accounting
principles can now select documents according to the ledger group and increase transparency
Target Group:
Users who run reporting on FI documents
9.2.8.5 Separate check of posting periods for postings from CO to FI
Class/Level of Innovation:
77 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
At the end of the period, closing activities are executed. Using CO real-time integration, CO creates
postings that update FI. Up to now, the FI posting period had to remain open when postings from CO
to FI are performed.
These postings can now be handled via a separate (new) posting period interval.
Pain Points:
Checking the original FI postings and those being generated by controlling against one posting period
interval causes the following problems:
1. It opens the loophole that original FI postings still can be done - although from the viewpoint of
finance, the period should already be closed and no further postings posted in FI.
2. Controlling cannot ensure that there are no further postings in FI with cost elements to primary
cost accounts before starting its period-end closing activities.
Business Benefits:
Period-end activities in the financial and controlling department can be executed one after the other
without the necessity of organizational coordination. Smooth period-end closing process with fewer
problems and errors can be executed. The time needed to close can be accelerated.
Target Group:
Personnel in the financial and controlling departments
9.2.8.6 Ledger-specific check of posting periods
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Using the ledger approach within the new G/L in SAP ERP, each accounting principle is represented
by its own ledger. In general, the leading financial statement - relevant for the consolidated financial
statement - needs to be completed earlier than the local financial statement.
A different fiscal year variant using a different financial statement date can be assigned to each
ledger.
Therefore posting periods shall be handled ledger-specifically.
Up to now, a posting to several ledgers was checked only against the posting period of the
representative ledger.
This function offers an option to check a posting to several ledgers (accounting principles) against the
posting period variants of each ledger.
78 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
From a system point of view, closing activities for all accounting principles need to be finished at the
same time and can't be handled independently.
The posting period of the parallel accounting principles are determined based on those of the leading
accounting principle. Using different fiscal year variants for different accounting principles, it is
necessary to check the posting periods for each accounting principle so that no postings affect the
books of already closed (previous) periods.
Business Benefits:
The financial department can postpone the local close; the consolidated close is finished at an earlier
time.
Using different fiscal year variants for different accounting principles, the system checks for each
accounting principle (ledger) if the posting period is opened.
A smooth period end-closing process with fewer problems and less organizational coordination can
be executed. The time of close can be determined by each accounting principle.
Target Group:
Personnel in the financial department
9.2.8.7 Validation of combinations of new G/L characteristics
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Postings to Fimay possibly result in accepted entries that are incoherent from the point of view of teh
combination of additional accoutn assignments. Example: a commission fee for a swap is to be
entered against an HR cost center. Both account and cost centers are valid, but from a business point
of view the posting does not make sense.
The assumption that all these semantic controls are done in the feeder application does not protect
against errors in manual postings or in the feeder applications themselves. That is especially true in
applications not fully integrated with the G/L.
This function simplifies this semantic check of GL posting data entry
Pain Points:
Accounting is the only source of truth of validated data, because accountants are responsible for
legal reporting. A lot of statistical information (not purely relevant to statutory accounting) is carried
therefore by G/L accounting documents. This information must be valid and the combination of
several items of statistical information must be semantically correct, because reporting is based on
this accounting proof information. Incorrect combinations of data can lead to incorrect reporting.
79 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
When entering an accounting entry, all fields are checked to see if they exist. However, combinations
of the fields entered are never checked for validity. Fast close: by validating data individually and
checking combinations of data like product group and customer group, the accounting close is
accelerated because postings are checked when they are created and not at month-end during the
close. Discovery of incorrect reporting lines at month-end leads to time-consuming research and
manual adjustment. Properly validated accounting information can reduce the time to close by
several days.
Target Group:
Accounting departments running a lot of feeder systems and sending posting documents to the G/L
(banking, insurance, and retail )
9.2.9 Billing and Invoicing (BF: FICAX_BILL_INVOICING - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enablement of event detail records billing and convergent invoicing with FI-CAX. Event detail records
(EDR) are process-priced transactions to create structured bill content. The creation of convergent
invoices over multiple services and product lines will provide the customer with one bill.
Early Adopters:
Customers in traditional and other industries who handle a high volume of event detail records
Headline:
Enablement of Event Detail Records (EDR) Billing and Convergent Invoicing with FI-CAX
Business Benefits:
This business function enables the connection of billing, invoicing, and contract accounts for
customers outside of traditional industries. Bill calculation enables you to receive and bill process-
priced transactions (event detail records) with good performance. You can process priced
transactions together with additional data (example: from order management) to create structured
bill content, which are then forwarded to the invoicing process. The creation of convergent invoices
over multiple services and product lines will provide one bill to the customer.
9.2.9.1 Import billing accounts and event detail records
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Import billing accounts from external systems: extract business partner items in delta mode, dunning
history in delta mode, and SAP NetWeaver BI content based on business partner items and dunning
history. Import event detail records from external systems: import EDRs that are created in a rating
80 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
system and process EDRs according to various categories. A comprehensive enhancement concept
supports definition of project-specific EDR categories.
Pain Points:
Communication between customer relationship management (CRM) and the billing system.
Communication between rating and billing systems.
Business Benefits:
Efficient import of billing accounts, integration with SAP CRM, fast and efficient import and storage
of EDRs, and integration with rating system
Target Group:
Operative employee
9.2.9.2 Creation of billing orders and billing documents
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Billing cycles, such as monthly on the 15th day of the month, can be used. Billing orders are
generated and processed by the billing process. When a billing account is billed, a billing period is
created, which defines which EDRs are to be billed. Billing in FI-CA also supports the billing of non-
EDR-based invoice component. When a billing account is billed, a billing period is created, which
defines which EDRs are to be billed. Billing in FI-CA also supports the billing of non-EDR-based
invoice components, such as a basic charge of a service charge. Billing documents are forwarded to
the invoicing process.
Pain Points:
Effective creation of billing documents including EDRs and non-EDR-based invoice components
Business Benefits:
Fast and efficient creation of billing orders to enable grouping and aggregation of EDRs. Effective
processing of bills. Integration of non-EDR-based invoice components. Standard interface to
invoicing process.
Target Group:
Operative employee
9.3 Financial Supply Chain Management
81 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
9.3.1 FSCM Functions 2 (BF: FIN_FSCM_CCD_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Service-enablement of and Web UI for dispute cases and credit limit requests; multiple back-ends
and head-office branch structures
Early Adopters:
- Customers with a need to integrate other applications with SAP Dispute Management
- Customers with a need to improve the credit limit request process
- Customers who have head-office branch structures
- Customers who need to connect multiple backend systems (FI-AR) to a central SAP Collections
Management application
Headline:
Improved Flexibility and Openness in SAP Financial Supply Chain Management
Business Benefits:
- Lower integration costs
- Improved UIs enable wider reach and smooth process participation in the organization
- Lower system maintenance costs through more flexible deployment options
- More efficient collection process
9.3.1.1 Create, change and search credit limit requests via enterprise services
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
Create, change, and search credit limit request via enterprise services
Pain Points:
Link other applications to the credit limit request process in the SAP Credit Management application.
Flexible user interfaces for credit limit request process.
Business Benefits:
Easy integration of other applications to the credit limit request process in SAP Credit Management;
flexible custom-build user interfaces for credit limit request process
Target Group:
All customers who use or plan to use SAP Credit Management
82 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
9.3.1.2 Create, change, and search dispute cases via enterprise services
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
Create, change, and search dispute cases via enterprise services
Pain Points:
Link other applications (for example, non-SAP CRM systems) to the SAP Dispute Management
application. Need to build custom-specific user interfaces for SAP Dispute Management
Business Benefits:
Smoother integration, more flexibility for the UI, and ability for customers to build their own UIs
Target Group:
Customers who use or plan to use SAP Dispute Management
9.3.1.3 New UI for creating and changing credit limit requests
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Allows users to create or change credit limit requests via an easy-to-use, Web based UI
Pain Points:
Creating credit limit requests by users who are not used to working with the traditional SAP GUI
(account managers, for example)
Business Benefits:
Creating credit limit requests made easy, system-based collaboration of sales a credit department,
and real-time information exchange between all participants of the credit limit request process
Target Group:
All customers who use or plan to use SAP Credit Management
9.3.1.4 New UI for changing dispute cases
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Allows users to change dispute cases via a Web-based UI
83 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Changing dispute cases by casual users; integrate causual users in system-based collaboration
Business Benefits:
Changing dispute cases by casual users made easy through a Web UI. No loss or delay of information
because of no media breaks.
Target Group:
All customers who use or plan to use SAP Dispute Management
9.3.1.5 Collecting receivables from customers with head office branch structures
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Help collection specialist collect receivables from customers with head office branch structures
Pain Points:
Collecting receivables from customers with head office branch structures. Structure collections call
lists (work lists) according to subsidiaries.
Business Benefits:
Collecting receivables from customers with head office branch structures made easy. Allows users to
structure a work list based on customer's subsidiaries. Different collection specialists can work on
different subsidiaries - a common requirement in the consumer products industry.
Target Group:
All customers who use or plan to use SAP Collections Management
9.3.1.6 Collections with multiple back ends
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Allows users to manage business partners originating from multiple back ends in SAP Collections
Management
Pain Points:
Challenge to manage business partners originating from multiple back ends in SAP Collections
Management, especially when customer numbers are not unique across all systems.
Business Benefits:
84 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Managing business partners originating from multiple back ends and possible overlapping number
ranges enabled in SAP Collections Management
Target Group:
All customers who use or plan to use SAP Collections Management
FSCM Integration 2 (BF: FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION - EhP: 4)
EhP: 4)
Description:
Service-enablement of and Web UI for dispute cases and credit limit requests; multiple back ends
and head-office branch structures
Early Adopters:
- Customers with a need to integrate other applications with SAP Dispute Management
- Customers with a need to improve the credit limit request process
- Customers who have head-office branch structures
- Customers who need to connect multiple back-end systems (FI-AR) to a central SAP Collections
Management application
Headline:
Improved Flexibility and Openness in SAP Financial Supply Chain Management
Business Benefits:
- Lower integration costs
- Improved UIs enable wider reach and smooth process participation in the organization
- Lower system maintenance costs through more flexible deployment options
- More efficient collection process
9.3.2.1 All features: see FIN_FSCM_CCD_2
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2. Business function FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION requires FIN_FSCM_CCD_2
to be switched on.
Pain Points:
See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2
85 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2
Target Group:
See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2
9.3.3 Biller Direct, Promise to Pay (BF: FIN_FSCM_BD_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enable new funcionalities in SAP Biller Direct for customers using FI-CA: 1) Enable promise-to-pay in
SAP Biller Direct and 2) Enable SAP Biller Direct to handle customer-defined fields during the selected
process on bill data, address data, bank data, and credit card data.
Early Adopters:
- Customers with high-volume call centers and high-effort collections who want to lighten the load at
call centers by offering promise-to-pay via e-services
- Customers who want to adjust or enhance screens in SAP Biller Direct with their own fields
Headline:
SAP Biller Direct: Promise-to-Pay and Customer Field Extensions
Business Benefits:
Promise to pay: Considering the increasing worsening of customers' payment behavior and default
payment, every channel and opportunity to collect payments, even if in fractional installments, will
be used and offered to the customer in a self-service. In the SAP Biller Direct application, consumers
now have an option to select a predetermined type of payment arrangement to settle their debts.
Additional actions for contact and confirmation creation finalize the process. Furthermore,
consumers will be able to display and review their promises to pay.
Customer field extension: the enhancement enables UI adjustments with reduced effort and thus
lowers TCO.
9.3.3.1 Promise to pay in SAP Biller Direct
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Open bills can be selected to create a promise-to-pay (P2P). Permitted P2P type, reason for the
promise, and written confirmation can be chosen. The start date and payment method for the
payment rates can be assigned.
An eligibility check is performed to determine if the customer qualifies to initiate a P2P.
86 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
A simulation screen with details for the promise to pay is displayed so that the customer can
accept, reject, or create a new P2P.
Saving the P2P can create a contact (optional) and correspondence in FI-CA.
Existing active P2Ps can be displayed with drill-down details and original items.
Customers can withdraw P2Ps.
Open invoices contained in a P2P are indicated with a drill-down option to display the details.
Pain Points:
SAP Biller Direct customers and users of utilities customer e-services must give their consumers an
option to initiate promises to pay as a self-service. By providing this self-service, the work at call
centers lessened and every option used to receive at least a deferred payment from the consumer.
Business Benefits:
Call centers have less load when customers can create promises to pay by themselves in a self-
service. Companies can exhaust every possibility to get at least a deferred payment instead of
initiating extensive collections to dun these receivables.
Target Group:
Industries using FI-CA that deal with:
- Mass-volume data
- High workload in interaction centers
- Worsening payment behavior
9.3.3.2 Customer field extension in SAP Biller Direct
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Customer field extension (CFE) is applied to SAP Biller Direct processes:
- Address data
- Bill information
- Bank data
- Credit cards
The following is covered by this new development:
- Two classes that hold the functionality for the extension
87 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Extend all actions to instantiate and clear the list at the beginning of each self-service
- Enhance all JCO calls to the back end so they also have the extension-table in the interface - also
enhance the function modules in the back end with this parameter
- Put a BADI method in all wrapper methods in the back end
Pain Points:
Adjusting or enhancing the UIs in SAP Biller direct meant extensive effort in SAP Biller Direct
implementation projects.
Business Benefits:
The enhancement enables UI adjustments with reduced effort and thus lowers TCO
Target Group:
SAP Biller Direct customers or users of utilities customer e-services who want to adjust or enhance
screens in SAP Biller Direct with their own fields
9.3.4 Billing Consolidation Connector (BF: FIN_FSCM_BCONS_CON - EhP: 4)
Description:
Billing consolidation connector provides a built-in capability to connect to service providers for
business-to-business document exchange, including digitally signed invoices. The connection is
tailored to meet the requirements of SAP Billing Consolidation.
Early Adopters:
Customers who want to exchange business-to-business documents electronically with their business
partners via supplier networks
Headline:
Built-In Capability to Connect to Service Providers for Business-To-Business Document Exchange
Business Benefits:
The billing consolidation connector combines SAP ERP functionality with a supplier network to
provide a comprehensive solution for electronic document exchange.
9.3.4.1 Billing consolidation connector
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription:
The billing consolidation connector provides a built-in capability to connect to service providers for
business-to-business document exchange. The connection is tailored to meet the requirements of
SAP Billing Consolidation, the SAP software running on the service provider's document exchange
88 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
platform. With the connector delivered with SAP ERP, the customer can now easily and rapidly
connect to these consolidator platforms.
Pain Points:
This feature is now delivered with a standard SAP ERP package. The customer doesn't need to install
it separately.
Business Benefits:
The billing consolidation connector combines SAP ERP functionality with a supplier network to
provide a comprehensive solution for electronic document exchange
Target Group:
Customers who want to exchange business-to-business documents electronically with their business
partners via supplier networks
9.4 Management Accounting
9.4.1 CO, Allocations (BF: CO_ALLOCATIONS - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enhancements to CO allocation tools for activity allocation and overhead calculation. Calculations are
based on a specific valuation date rather than the current periodic rate. The change is important
where adjustments are required in prior periods when a different rate was valid.
Early Adopters:
Public sector organizations using multiple funding sources and funding types with varying timeframes
for the fund expiration with a requirement to make timesheet corrections outside the current period.
The realtime overhead functions may also be of interest to manufacturing customers wishing to
trigger an overhead posting as each order confirmation is posted.
Headline:
Prior-Year Rates for Timesheet Corrections
Business Benefits:
Allows organizations with multiple sources of funding to report funds usage correctly when
timesheet corrections are required outside of the current period. Allows the activity rates and
overhead rates to be read on the valuation date (prior-year rate) rather than the current calendar
period, so that costs corrected following a timesheet adjustment are properly stated. Also allows
realtime calculation of overhead costs rather than treating this calculation as part of the period close
process.
9.4.1.1 Value retrospective timesheet changes at prior-year rates
Class/Level of Innovation:
89 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Federal agencies allow timesheet corrections in the 13 months preceding the document date. If a
retrospective change is made to the number of hours worked, the rate selected for the associated
activity allocation should not be the activity rate valid at the time of posting, but the activity rate
valid on the key date for the change. Where complex funding sources with multiple funding types
and varying expiration timeframes are in place, the funding should also be updated based on the
prior-period account adjustments. Follow-on functions, such as overhead calculation, should also be
based on the values used for time recording.
Pain Points:
Where multiple funding types and multiple funding sources are common, funding usage must be
extremely accurate. If timesheet changes have to be made retroactively, the funds usage must be
adjusted to reflect the charge rate current at the time of the original data entry to the time sheet.
This process currently requires the modification described in SAP Note 699524.
Business Benefits:
Correct recording of fund usage in complex public sector organizations. Increased accuracy in cost
center accounting.
Target Group:
Timesheet managers and cost accountants who need to make retrospective corrections
9.5 Treasury
9.5.1 Bank Communication Management (BF: FIN_FSCM_BNK - EhP: 4)
Description:
This BF includes the functionality of Bank Communication Management shipped with EhP 2. This
component supports you when you monitor and release payment media in payment transactions
with banks. With EhP 4 the product has been improved in terms of Simplification
Early Adopters:
Customers with a high demand for the management of outgoing payments, customers with several
cost-intensive corporate-to-bank interfaces, and customers with connectivity to the SWIFT network
Headline:
Improve Compliance for Corporate-To-Bank Communication
Business Benefits:
- Enables standardization and automation of corporate to bank communication
- Enhanced straight-through-processing (STP) rates
90 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Companies get an accurate and real-time view of their payment transactions
- Transparent management of outgoing payments with no breaches on internal controls
- Readiness for SEPA and UNIFI/ISO20022 standard
9.5.1.1 Simplified and enhanced bank communication management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
- Improved integration with cash management
- Automated triggering of follow-up activities via BAdI
- Indicate urgent payments in the payment monitor
- Improved service-enabling
- New services for paymemt advice
- Enhanced SEPA support
Enhanced reporting capabilities
Capability to assign additional approval users for dual control (Security)
Pain Points:
-Payment data is highly sensitive and requires sophisticated security processes to meet ever-
increasing regulatory mandates
-Security gaps during payment file transfer (authorization, signature, and encryption are often not
part of the solution)
- High levels of manual processing, productivity losses, excessive exception handling, and an overall
lack of transparency into payment flows
- Missing straight-through processing
Business Benefits:
- Standardization and automation of corporate to bank communication
91 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Optimization of processes and increased payment flow transparency through status monitoring
- Enhanced straight-through-processing (STP) rates with end-to-end SWIFTNet integration
- Reduced maintenance costs by using global payment standards
- Includes ES bundle for the creation and status tracking of payment orders as well as bank
statements
- Readiness for SEPA and ISO20022
Target Group:
Corporate treasurers
9.5.1.2 Bank Communication Management (Enhancement Package 2)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Close integration with enterprise application functionality
Logical structuring of payments into batches
Multiple approval levels for outgoing payments
Audit trail for payment approval decisions along with digital signatures for internal audit
Analysis of payment status information and full payment-flow transparency as well as status
monitoring for bank statements
SWIFTNet Integration
Pain Points:
-Payment data is highly sensitive and requires sophisticated security processes to meet ever-
increasing regulatory mandates
-Security gaps during payment file transfer (authorization, signature, and encryption are often not
part of the solution)
- High levels of manual processing, productivity losses, excessive exception handling, and an overall
lack of transparency into payment flows
- Missing straight-through processing
Business Benefits:
92 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Streamlined communication with house banks over a single communication channel (seamless
SWIFTNet integration)
Dramatically reduced TCO
Significantly improved straight-through processing
Increased payment flow transparency through status monitoring of payments and bank statements
Enhanced compliance through multiple approval levels for outgoing payments
Target Group:
Corporate treasurers and payment factory
9.5.2 CLM-CM, Additional Account Assignments (BF:
FIN_TRM_CM_DIMENSIONS - EhP: 4)
Description:
New accounting dimensions for cash management and forecast: business area (can now be turned
off), segment, profit center, fund, and grant
Early Adopters:
- Customers with a high demand for splitting the results of a cash position and liquidity forecast by
profit center or segment
- Customers from the public sector who split the results of a cash position and liquidity forecast by
fund or grant
Headline:
Split Results of Cash Position and Liquidity Forecast with Additional Accounting Dimensions
Business Benefits:
Enhanced reporting capabilities of cash position and liquidity forecast by additional selection of
general and industry-specific fields
9.5.2.1 Additional account assignments for cash reporting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The SAP Cash Management instruments for cash position and cash forecast are enhanced with new
accounting dimensions. By using these dimensions, the reports can be split according to business
93 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
area (can now be turned off), segment, profit center, fund, and grant. If new general ledger
accounting is active in FI and document splitting is
performed there for FI documents for the relevant account assignments (business area, segment,
profit center, fund, and grant), you can define for which account assignments in cash management
the system should consider document splitting.
Pain Points:
Demand for splitting the results of cash position and liquidity forecast with additional accounting
dimensions
Business Benefits:
Enhanced reporting capabilities of cash position and liquidity forecast by additional selection of
general and industry-specific fields
Target Group:
-Public sector industries with a need for reporting by fund and grant
-Customers using additional assignments profit center, segment
9.5.3 TRM, Hedge Management for FAM (BF: FIN_TRM_INS_HM - EhP: 4)
Description:
Streamlined hedge management process to eliminate market price risk for securities in terms of
business and accounting. Securities and forward security transactions can be assigned and
designated by using hedging relationships. Effectiveness tests, documentation, and hedge accounting
are supported.
Early Adopters:
Customers with a significant demand for hedge capabilities and other accounting functionality
Headline:
Streamlined Hedge Management Process to Eliminate Market Price Risk for Securities in Terms of
Business and Accounting
Business Benefits:
- First option to hedge securities by using forward security transactions
- Streamlines hedge management processes to ensure compliance
- Seamless integration of hedge management into accounting and position management to ensure a
fast close
- Easy-to-use tracking of effectiveness and risk analysis with extensive logging functionality
9.5.3.1 Position management and accounting
94 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Security position is split up according to different subpositions. That enables a customer to
differentiate between hedged portions of a security and freestanding portions.
Pain Points:
Up to now, customers who wanted to hedge financial assets had to execute a tedious, manual, and
therefore error-prone process without the support of SAP software
Business Benefits:
Streamlined, integrated process for hedging financial assets within SAP software
Target Group:
Financial asset management department, accountants, and risk manager
9.5.3.2 Effectiveness test of hedging relationships
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Retrospective and prospective effectiveness tests are prerequisites to the use of hedge accounting.
The effectiveness test uses the dollar-offset-method to calculate the effectiveness of a hedging
relationship. The effectiveness test can also be executed from the master data of the hedging
relationship.
Pain Points:
Significant manual effort to calculate the dollar-offset ratio outside the SAP software. Results of the
effectiveness test are stored outside the SAP software. Financial assets, hedging relationship, and
effectiveness test are currently not linked or reportable at a customer site.
Business Benefits:
Streamlined, integrated process of executing effectiveness tests (prospective and retrospective)
within the system by using market data. The results are stored and a history is available.
Target Group:
Financial asset management department, accountants, and risk manager
9.5.3.3 Hedging relationship
Class/Level of Innovation:
95 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Hedging relationships are used to assign hedged items (securities) to hedging instruments (forward
security transactions). If prerequisites (examples: documentation and effectiveness test) are
satisfied, the hedging relationship can be designated, and hedge accounting regulations can be used.
As long as the hedging relationship is fulfilling the requirements for hedge accounting, the respective
posting rules are used.
Pain Points:
Use of external tools to store the information on hedged items and hedging instruments to enable
posting the results manually to the general ledger. Lack of reporting capabilities on the levels of
hedging relationships, hedged items, and hedging instruments.
Business Benefits:
Reduced number of external tools. Seamless integration of hedging relationships within position
management by using subpositions to distinguish between the freestanding part of securities and the
already designated or hedged portions. Documentation and effectiveness tests are stored related to
the hedging relationship and can be reported.
Target Group:
Financial asset management department, accountants, and risk manager
9.5.3.4 Documentation of hedging relationships (hedged item and hedging
instrument)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:
Within hedging relationships, users can create documentation automatically or manually (upload or
enter). The documentation is one of the prerequisites for the use of hedge accounting. The
documents are stored with the document management service.
Pain Points:
Documentation had to be stored outside SAP software. Because the documentation is one of the
parts that auditors investigate, the manual effort needed for storage and linking to the business
cases was significant and error-prone. The automatic creation options significantly reduce the effort.
Business Benefits:
By connecting the documentation of the designation and the hedging relationship within SAP
software, customers have a single point of entry for information gathering during audits.
Documentation can be easily created by using the automatic functionality based on PDF forms.
Target Group:
96 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Financial asset management department, accountants, and risk manager
9.5.4 TRM, Hedge and Exposure Management, SWIFT (BF:
FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Hedge and exposure management for commodities, accounting enhancements;
Forward stock transactions; correspondence monitor for SWIFT messages MT3xx,and MT 5xx;
IFRS 7 and exposure integration to risk analyzer (NPV and VAR analysis of financial exposures).
Early Adopters:
- Customers with a high demand for hedge capabilities or other accounting functionality in the
treasury area
- Customers with a high demand for a tool to manage exposures (for foreign currency and
commodities) as a prerequisite for hedge management
- Customer with a high demand for financial risk analysis
- Customers with a high demand for straight through processing of Swift messages
Headline:
Hedge and Exposure Mgmt. for Commodities, Integration with Analyzer,
Straight through processing via correspondence monitor for MT300/MT500 Series
Business Benefits:
- Enables customers to handle commodity exposure and do hedge management and accounting for
commodities
- Enable customers to calculate value at risk and net present values for exposure positions
- IFRS 7 reporting
- New product type for forward transactions on securities
- Straight-through processing of MT3xx and MT5xx messages as well as confirmation-matching
process
9.5.4.1 Exposure management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
97 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Exposure management delivers an option to upload foreign currency and commodity exposures from
various sources to group and track them over their lifetime and use them as hedge items in hedge
management. The exposures of the exposure management could be used to calculate NPVs or VAR in
the market risk analyzer, which then are needed for effectiveness testing or reporting.
Pain Points:
Exposures (either foreign currency or physical commodity) lie in various systems and for hedging
purposes they have to grouped and tracked.
The change in a lifetime of a exposure position is not stored and available for auditors
Missing possibility to calculate net present values or value at risk for exposure positions
Business Benefits:
Manage and track the complete lifetime of uploaded exposures
Option use uploaded exposures as hedged items in hedge management to reduce manual interaction
in hedge management
Helps get risk key figures for uploaded exposures
Target Group:
Treasury department
Commodity trading desk
Risk manager
9.5.4.2 Correspondence monitor
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Supports correspondence process in the area of confirmation handling, trading, and settlement -
flexible output channel (MT and FAX) . Supports MT formats: MTs 300, 320, 395, 399, 502, 509, 515,
536, 540, 541, 542, 543, 544, 545, 546, 547, and 548
Pain Points:
Time-consuming, manual and error-prone process
Business Benefits:
Enables the customer to have real straight-through-processing from deal capture via correspondence
matching to automatic accounting update.
Mitigates the risk of errors and therefore strengthens compliance and enables a fast close
98 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Treasury manager, asset management department, and middle office department
9.5.4.3 Hedge of commodity positions
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Offers the option to use hedge accounting for commodity positions coming from exposure
management by using commodity paper deals (futures and forwards) from the transaction manager
Pain Points:
Hedge accounting for commodity positions
Business Benefits:
Ability to do hedge accounting and management for commodity, FX, and interest risks in one solution
and therefore to have only a single source of truth for hedge management and hedge accounting
Target Group:
Treasury department
Accounting department
Risk management
9.5.4.4 New effectiveness test method
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Regression analysis compliance and reporting for IAS39 and FAS 133 hedge accounting standards in
the area of effectiveness testing. This tool allows a hedge effectiveness test based on linear
regression analysis of exposure, hedge item, and hedging instrument.
Pain Points:
Existing hedge effectiveness tests like dollar-offset method were unable to test effectiveness over
multiple data points in a period
Business Benefits:
99 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
With regression analysis, you can evaluate an hedge relationship using a retrospective or prospective
effectiveness test and calculate data points in the period. Regression analysis tool allows you to set
parameters like slope, intercept, R-squared and adjusted R-square, T-statistic, and F-statistic, to
determine the effectiveness of the hedging relationship.
Target Group:
Treasurer, risk manager, and compliance officer
9.5.4.5 Forward security transaction
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Supports the life cycle of a forward security transaction (rollover, advance maturity, delivery at
maturity, dividend adjustment, and cash or physical delivery), in compliance with several accounting
principles
Pain Points:
Time-consuming and manual process does not manage risk and compliance
Business Benefits:
Straight-through processing: option to hedge the market price risk of an underlying; management of
risk and compliance
Target Group:
Asset management department, accountants, and treasury manager
9.5.4.6 Purchase GAAP accounting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The need to report values based on P-GAAP (next to the historical figures) is reflected by the
introduction of three new book value components: value adjustment gains (VAD gains), value
adjustment losses (VAD losses), and original value adjustment (original VAD).
Pain Points:
Time-consuming and manual process
Business Benefits:
Meets auditing requirements, manages risk and compliance, and reduces error-prone manual work
100 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Group accountants
101 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
10 Human Capital Management
10.1 <general>
10.1.1 HCM Localization Topics for Spain (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_5 - EhP: 4)
Description:
SAP HCM localization enhancements for Spain:
Off-cycle payroll for Spain
Early Adopters:
Enhanced payroll processing for Spain
Headline:
Enable Off-Cycle Payroll Execution for Bonus Payments and Special Payments in Spain
Business Benefits:
For bonus payments and special payments in Spain, a payroll specialist can run additional payroll
processes before the scheduled regular payroll run. Separate pay slips will be generated for each off-
cycle run.
10.1.1.1 Off-cycle payroll for Spain for bonus payments and special payments
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
A payroll specialist can run the payroll for bonus payments and special payments in Spain separately
before the scheduled regular payroll run.
Pain Points:
Bonus payments and special payments need not wait until the pay day for the regular income.
Business Benefits:
Bonus payments and special payments need not wait until the pay day for the regular income.
Target Group:
Payroll specialists
10.1.2 HCM Localization Topics for the Italian Public Sector (BF:
HCM_LOC_CI_4 - EhP: 4)
102 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
SAP HCM localization for public sector in Italy
Early Adopters:
All Italian public sector organizations: national, regional, and local governments, including defense,
public security, healthcare, and education
Headline:
Enable Specific Legal Reporting for the Italian Public Sector
Business Benefits:
- Complete solution to make the Italian public sector organization legally compliant
- Payroll processing adapted for Italian public sector needs
- Severa legal reports adapted for public sector needs
10.1.2.1 Legal reporting for Italian public sector
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
It provides main legal reports for the Italian public sector, including:
- Social security report (DMA/INPDAP)
- Yearly financial declaration (F24)
- Contributive form (CUD)
Pain Points:
Enables them to be legally compliant with Italian public sector legislation
Business Benefits:
Enables public sector companies to be legally compliant with Italian public sector legislation
Target Group:
- HR administrators for public sector organizations
10.1.2.2 Concurrent employment PS Italy
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
103 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
- It enables the concurrent employment functionality at the master data level. That means use of the
person_id as an upper link of different pernrs in the same system. It thus enables the customer to
change the pernrs of their system, maintaining a link with the employee through the person_id and
giving capabilities at the navigation and query levels.
Pain Points:
- Customers will be able run consolidated reports for employees with more than one ID number.
Currently, customers are developing their own customer solutions to solve this issue, but their
solutions do not cover navigation in main screens (PAXX) or query capabilities. This solution will take
the first step to cover (in a standard way) the rehiring an company change problem in Italy and set
the basis for the customers to return (slightly) to the standard.
Business Benefits:
- Large life customers will have a solution to cover the company change issue at the master data level
- New possible customers are asking for the same solution before implementation
- Some claims from customers about the product might be partially covered
Target Group:
HR administrators (public sector)
10.1.3 HCM Localization Topics for the Swedish Public Sector (BF:
HCM_LOC_CI_6 - EhP: 4)
Description:
SAP ERP HCM localization for the public sector in Sweden
- Concurrent employment
- Collective agreements for PS
- Legal reporting for PS
Early Adopters:
Public sector organizations in Sweden
Headline:
Enable Existing Public Sector Organizations in Sweden to Use SAP ERP HCM
Business Benefits:
104 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Public sector organizations in Sweden can perform personnel administration and payroll and legal
reporting that is compliant with legislation valid for them.
10.1.3.1 PS functionality for HCM Sweden
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
A. Public sector customers can use concurrent employment (CE) functionality
B. Payroll calculation algorithms specific to the public sector are available
C. Legal reports specific to the public sector are delivered
Pain Points:
There was no solution for concurrent employment in existing private sector solution
Business Benefits:
- CE makes SAP ERP HCM usable in PS areas
- PS functionality makes the offer comparable to that of competitors
Target Group:
Customers in PS sector in Sweden: state offices, municipalities, schools, and universities
10.1.4 TNM/LSO Integration (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_8 - EhP: 4)
Description:
SAP Learning Solution objects (curriculum type (DC) and course program (EK)), are supported in
training needs management (TNM)
Early Adopters:
SAP Learning Solution customers who require training needs management
Headline:
Training Needs Management Enabled for SAP Learning Solution Objects
Business Benefits:
Training needs can be defined for SAP Learning Solution objects: curriculum types (DC) and program
courses (EK)
10.1.4.1 Training needs management for curriculum types and program courses
Class/Level of Innovation:
105 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Training administrators can plan training needs and valuate costs for curriculum types and program
courses
Basically all the functionality of TNM is supported for SAP Learning Solution objects
Pain Points:
Full functionality of SAP Learning Solution is unavailable in TNM
No training needs management possible for advanced trainings like curriculum types and program
courses
Business Benefits:
Training needs management is available for the full spectrum of SAP Learning Solution objects
Target Group:
Training administrators
10.1.5 HCM Localization Topics for Japan (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_3 - EhP: 4)
Description:
SAP ERP HCM localization enhancements for Japan:
Pension (Japan)
Flexible payroll (Japan)
Early Adopters:
Ajinomoto runs SAP R/3 Enterprise and plans to upgrade to SAP ERP 2005 in 2008
Headline:
New Flexible Payroll for Japan Enables Monthly, Weekly, Biweekly, and Semimonthly Payment
Business Benefits:
New flexible payroll for Japan enables monthly, weekly, biweekly, and semimonthly payment
10.1.5.1 Rehiring (retirement)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
106 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The project objective is elimination of legal noncomplaince of the HR/Payroll Japanese solution
concerning calculation of retirement and rehiring payment
Pain Points:
Current HR/Payroll Japanese solution is not compliant with legal requirements
concerning calculation of retirement and rehiring paymentBusiness Benefits:
Mitigates the risk of legal compliance of HR/Payroll Japanese solution concerning calculation of
retirement and rehiring payment
Target Group:
Payroll administrator
10.1.5.2 Japan: flexible payroll
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
New solution of JP flexible payroll that enables monthly, weekly, biweekly, and semimonthly
payment
Pain Points:
'the current payroll solution does not support weekly, biweekly, and semimonthly payment
Business Benefits:
New solution of JP Flexible payroll enables monthly, weekly, biweekly, and semimonthly payment
Target Group:
Payroll administrator
10.1.5.3 Corporate pension
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:
The corporate pension that corresponds to the third tier is a generic name of the following pension
systems among private pensions, which are designed and managed by companies based on the law.
1. Pension fund
2. Tax qualified pension plan
3. Defined benefit corporate pension
4. Defined contribution pension
107 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
In the current functionality of SAP ERP HCM, the data model does not consider the corporate pension
as a whole
Business Benefits:
The two key points in offering the solution covering the entire corporate pension scheme of Japan
with SAP ERP HCM: 1. Support for a new pension plan (defined benefit corporate pension and
defined contribution pension) 2. Enhancement of the supporting system for the existing corporate
pension scheme (pension fund)
Target Group:
Payroll administrator
10.1.6 HCM Localization Topics for Norway (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_7 - EhP: 4)
Description:
SAP ERP HCM localization topics for Norway: Basics for the municipality sector,
which includes multiple position handling in master data and the corresponding
payroll handling. It also includes pension handling with a new infotype and
corresponding payroll handling.Early Adopters:
EDB is an ASP solution provider and a partner company to SAP in Norway
Headline:
Enable Existing Municipality Sector Organizations in Norway to Use SAP ERP HCM
Business Benefits:
Using the business function will enable the customers to use the standard municipality sector
solution for Norway.
10.1.6.1 Municipality sector functionality for HCM Norway
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
This functionality will enable customers to maintain master data for employees belonging to the
municipality sector and the corresponding payroll handling in payroll for Norway.
Pain Points:
Customers had no solution for municipality sector employees in Norway.
Business Benefits:
108 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Manage master data and payroll handling for municipality sector employees
Target Group:
Municipality sector employees in Norwegian companies
10.2 Talent Management
10.2.1 HCM, Core Processes in Talent Management (BF: HCM_TMC_CI_1 -
EhP: 4)
Description:
Delivery of core processes in talent management for managing succession and developing talent
Early Adopters:
- Customers who focus on succession management and review and development of talent
- Customers who wish to prepare and perform these processes in a reasonable time with the support
of a tool
Headline:
Empowers Managers, HR, and Talent to Update and Prepare Talent-Related Information Accurately
and Efficiently
Business Benefits:
- Ensures accurate talent data when required in various business processes of talent management
- Allows system-supported decision making
- Addresses the needs of casual users involved in the talent management processes through
appealing, user-friendly services
- Tailored processes for different roles according to context and business need
Enhancements in job architecture and organizational foundation
foundation
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- The job architecture is enhanced by two new objects, the functional area and the job family. A job
family allows users to group one or several jobs (or positions); the functional area allows users to
group one or more job families. Qualifications can be stored on each level. Those belonging to a
functional area can be inherited to job families; those on a job family to jobs. Qualifications on jobs
are inherited to positions.
109 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Positions and jobs can be marked as key positions and jobs for succession planning.
Pain Points:
The previous job architecture lacked additional grouping options and was sometimes considered too
static. Customers often considered creating grouping options on their own.
Business Benefits:
Provides the flexibility to group jobs and positions according to more flexible criteria and views
Target Group:
- Talent management specialists
10.2.1.2 Talent profile
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / bothDescription:
- This functionality allows users to update the talent-relevant information of an employee accurately
- New and richer information can be entered
- Update can be performed by managers, talent management specialists, or employees, depending
on the context
Pain Points:
- Inability to keep talent data accurate for critical processes (example: talent reviews)
- Tedious consolidation of data from multiple sources and programs
Business Benefits:
- Store and update talent data in a single source
- Ability to retrieve accurate data quickly when required
Target Group:
- Managers
- Talent management specialists
- Employees
10.2.1.3 Talent review
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
110 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- The functionality of talent reviews allows users to prepare and conduct talent review meetings
- The preparation allows users to define the participants and easily link talent who will be discussed
as agenda topics
- Before the meeting takes place managers need to assess their talents according to performance and
potential.
- In addition, handouts for preparation can be printed
- A talent review meeting allows users to discuss and review talents interactively by viewing talent
data
- Interactive calibration of talents is allowed as well as the storage of confirmed results
Pain Points:
- Time-consuming preparation
- Conducting meetings based on paper or with a static presentation
Business Benefits:
Interactively review and calibrate talent and follow the changes and agreements on talent with the
projected screens
Target Group:
- Managers
- Talent management specialists
10.2.1.4 Succession planning
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- This feature allows users to determine key positions
- It allows to view update succession information, such as identifying successors for key positions
- It can rank successors by priority and determine their readiness for a key position
- It can compare successors with others and with key position requirements
- It provides an ability to monitor the successor bench strength of key positions at a glance
Pain Points:
111 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Lack of user-friendly, graphically appealing interfaces to view and especially to maintain information
on succession
Business Benefits:
Address the needs of HR users and managers who wish to safeguard selected key positions efficiently
Target Group:
- Talent management specialists
- Managers
10.2.1.5 Talent development
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- The development of talent requires development plans to be set up as a follow-up to review
meeting or succession decisions
- Various types of development actions can be set up.
- Progress and quality can be measured on actions or plans
Pain Points:
Setting up development actions for special programs
Business Benefits:
Set up and monitor the development of talentTarget Group:
- Managers
- Talent management specialists
10.2.2 HCM, SAP E-Recruiting 2 (BF: HCM_ERC_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
User interface for SAP E-Recruiting, Web services for third-party services, candidate profile,
improved handling of all activities and mass activities, and search user interface
Early Adopters:
- Customers who are implementing or live on SAP E-Recruiting 6.0
- Customers looking to improve the quality of hires through more effective screening and selection
- Customers who want to provide a better candidate experience
112 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Headline:
Streamline the Hiring of Talented Personnel with Enhancements for SAP E-Recruiting
Business Benefits:
Helps organizations recruit and hire top talent more efficiently
- Improves the recruiter experience and daily work with the SAP E-Recruiting application
- Reduces drop-off rates for applicants
- Guarantees better end-user satisfaction for SAP E-Recruiting, which means better usability for the
entire recruiter role
10.2.2.1 Simplified user interface for the new role of recruiter
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
The new portal role of recruiter includes fast access to and a task overview of all necessary activities
like candidate or requisition quick searches, requisition creation services, fast activity creation
options, and so on in the e-recruiting area
Pain Points:
One central page where users (recruiters) find their work and tasks
Business Benefits:
The goal of the main user (recruiter) as such is to see all relevant information guiding daily work at a
glance: open requisitions, view new applications, and have fast access to a quick search. Further, the
recruiters aim at direct access from the work center to the tasks carried out within the system.
Target Group:
Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants.
10.2.2.2 Candidate profile
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
When working with candidates, it is essential for a recruiter to get an overview of the basic data of a
candidate in an easy way, because the recruiter has to decide about the candidate's suitability for a
job or the candidate's suitability for the company and perform according actions on this candidate.
Of course, the system provides a lot of tools to support the recruiter in making decisions, but
nevertheless the recruiter's personal rating of the candidate is also required. In addition, the
113 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
recruiter has to get an easy overview about the actions that have already performed on the
candidate to decide about the next steps.
Pain Points:
The candidate's data is easy to find, easy to read, and easy to understand
Business Benefits:
Smooth and easily understandable candidate profile, which can be reached from separate
components of SAP E-Recruiting
Target Group:
Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants
10.2.2.3 Candidate selection list
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
The main objective of recruiters is to hire the best people for an organization as quickly and
efficiently as possible. At the same time, recruiters needs to keep a record of what actions or
activities have been carried out on candidates: they need to perform applicant tracking. On average,
recruiters are processing 15-25 requisitions at the same time, each with between 5 and 500
applicants, depending on the position in question. That means that recruiters have a lot of data to
manage at the same time and a lot of information to keep track of, all while they are performing
applicant tracking, evaluating candidates, coordinating with hiring managers, and so on.
Pain Points:
Recruiters and the roles that support them, such as prescreeners, therefore need an efficient way to
organize their tasks and to get information about their requisitions and candidates quickly. They
need, for example, an overview of how many candidates have either applied or been assigned to the
requisitions they are working on and how the candidates are distributed among the different stages
in the recruiting process.
Business Benefits:
Making a point of information readily available and easily accessible will help recruiters do their job
more efficiently
Target Group:
Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants
10.2.2.4 Activity management for applicant tracking
Class/Level of Innovation:
114 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / both
Description:
Activity management (or applicant tracking) is the core of any recruiting system. As part of the
recruiting process, recruiters carry out different actions or activities with candidates as they evaluate
them and take them through the recruiting process. These activities need to be recorded or tracked,
to ensure that the proper process is being followed. This is important for a couple of reasons. The
first is for legal compliance reasons. In many countries companies need to be able to prove that they
are recruiting fairly, and they therefore need to keep track of all interactions with candidates.
Another reason is for reporting.
Pain Points:
Many recruiters view activity management as purely administrative work that does not help them
with their primary goal of finding and hiring the best people as quickly as possible. That sometimes
leads to recruiters doing a large portion of their recruiting work outside of a recruiting system and
then only later recording the minimum of activities to satisfy management and legal compliance.
Business Benefits:
Activity management needs to get less complex and easier to use. Some activities need to be
combined into one overall activity.
Target Group:
Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants
10.2.2.5 Work center for the role of recruiter
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Recruiters and their supporting colleagues need to rely on a variety of tools that support them in
reacting quickly and smoothly to the requirements of their daily work.
To ensure fast and smooth access to their necessary daily activities, recruiters need an appropriate
system entry page like a pilot has when looking into a airplane's cockpit. As a support for the fast
access and task overview needed, an organized work center with the necessary access possibilities to
various activities like candidate or requisition quick searches, requisition creation services, or fast
activity creation possibilities, is strongly desired. All these functionalities should be triggered from
the work center.
Pain Points:
The primary goal of this work center is that the recruiter needs a better and more usable access to
and a faster overview of daily tasks via a work center.
115 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Based on the comprehensive role definition for the recruiter, all other HR-relates personas which
were evaluated during the roll-in project, that is lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants. and
prescreeners, can have access later on to their own role-specific data needed in their daily business
through the work center.
Business Benefits:
The purpose of the recruiter's work center is to bundle functionalities that are needed by recruitesr
to do their work as quickly and efficiently as possible
Target Group:
Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants
10.2.2.6 Requisition management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / bothDescription:
This functionality includes the creation of requisitions and postings and maintenance. Also, new and
easy status handling for the requisitions is included.
Simplification of the user interface and improvement of usability concerning requisition creation and
maintenance by replacing sequences by tabs reduces the number of fields that are necessary to give
all required information and groups several containers into one tab.
Pain Points:
Problem with existing usability in the requisition area. Customers often regard creating and
maintaining requisitions and postings as too complex in the current solution. The fact that the
process is divided up into three parts (requisition, publication, and posting) confuses customers. They
do not want to jump into another container sequence for publication and posting.
Business Benefits:
New process for requisition management. New UI for requsisition management. The main need is to
convert the recruiters' front end from BSP to Web Dynpro technology to get straightforward
navigation in the requisition management process.
Target Group:
Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants
10.2.2.7 Simplified user interface for the new role of recruiting administrator
Class/Level of Innovation:
116 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Simplification / both
Description:
In many processes during the overall recruitment cycle, an online system recruiting administrator is
needed to support end users involved in the recruitment cycle with questions about user
administration, system errors, central data maintenance, and so on. The role is typically used by a
customer's system support groups (who support external as well as internal end users) or from HR
system power users.
Pain Points:
Cumbersome maintenance of recruiting system: customers had difficulties in configuring recruiting
data in SAP E-Recruiting due to its complex and powerful configuration options.
Business Benefits:
The purpose of the recruiting work center is to bundle functionalities and services that are needed by
recruiting administrators to work as quickly and efficiently as possible. - Minimal configuration effort
- Quick implementation
Target Group:
System administrator of SAP E-Recruiting
10.2.2.8 Search
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
SAP E-Recruiting provides functionality that helps companies find new employees, employ them in
positions that suit their capabilities, promote their professional development, and retain them in the
long term. The application handles almost the entire process chain, from planning and budgeting,
through attracting, hiring, and retaining employees. The diversity of functions includes electronic
screening, filtering, sorting, ranking, monitoring of activities and so on. A lot of functionalities have to
be covered by the search solution.
Pain Points:
The existing search UI is not user-friendly and is very complex. The existing UI is unusable for a the
recruiter or prescreener.
Business Benefits:
This UI should provide (at least) the same functionality as the current search UI, but it should be
more user-friendly and easier to handle
Target Group:
Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants
117 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
10.2.3 HCM, Performance Management 01 (BF: HCM_OSA_CI_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Performance management (also known as objective setting and appraisals) has additional functional
and usability enhancements that address cascading goal capabilities, enhanced SAP Learning Solution
integration, and a user interface for a specific performance management process.
Early Adopters:
- Customers who are using this application in an active mode
- Customers who want to set up and align corporate, departmental, and team goals
- Customers who want to set courses as mandatory and directly book courses in an appraisal
document
- Customers who want to use this user interface for a specific performance management process
Headline:
Enable Cascading Goals, Enhance Integration with SAP Learning Solution, and Use Simplified User
Interface for a Specific Process
Business Benefits:
- Implementation optimized due to cascading goals functionality as part of performance
management.
- Improved process efficiency due to enhanced integration.
- Minimized configuration effort and quick implementation due to a predefined performance
management process available.
10.2.3.1 Cascading goals
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Corporate, departmental, and team goals can be created and cascaded to the corresponding
employees.
Pain Points:
- Process limitations: as part of the yearly performance management process often corporate,
departmental and team goals are defined before the individual employee goals are set up.
- Lack of an overall view of all goals (strategic and individual goals) are displayed in the employee's
appraisal documents.
Business Benefits:
118 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Implementation optimized because now the customers can use performance management for
setting up corporate, departmental, and team goals
Target Group:
Managers at any organizational level
10.2.3.2 Enhanced SAP Learning Solution integration
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Enhanced SAP Learning Solution integration provides the following new capabilities:
- Courses can be set as mandatory in an appraisal document
Pain Points:
Process limitations: as part of the employee's goal setting, mandatory courses defined. To proceed
with that, the user needed to exit the appraisal document to jump to another application.
Business Benefits:
Improved process efficiency due to enhanced integration (users can set courses as mandatory
directly in an appraisal document)
Target Group:
The user who is responsible for goal setting in an appraisal document (manager or employee)
10.2.3.3 Simplified user interface for a specific process
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
This user interface is for a specific performance management process.
Pain Points:
Cumbersome maintenance of appraisal templates: customers found it difficult to configure appraisal
templates in the appraisal template catalog due to its many and powerful configuration options
Business Benefits:
- Minimized configuration effort
- Quick implementation
119 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Customers looking for a specific predefined performance management process with reduced
configuration options and fast implementation time
10.2.4 CA, Appraisals, Evaluations and Surveys 01 (BF: CA_HAP_CI_1 - EhP:
4)
Description:
An additional user interface has been provided to enable the creation and maintenance of appraisals,
evaluations, and surveys based on Web Dynpro ABAP.
Early Adopters:
- Customers who are using this cross-application component in an active mode
- Customers who do want to use this Web Dynpro ABAP user interface for Performance Management
(also known as Objective Setting and Appraisals) to create appraisal documents.
Headline:
Simplification of User Interfaces Based on the Cross-Application Component for Appraisals,
Evaluations, and Surveys
Business Benefits:
- Simplified appraisal document overview/entry page for appraisers. As part of the page, mass
creation of appraisal documents can be enabled.
- Simplified appraisal document overview/entry page for appraisees.
- Web access for administrators to administer appraisal documents.
- Enhanced process support, easier status handling and changed layout of appraisal documents
(example: tab configuration possible).
10.2.4.1 Simplified user interface
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / bothDescription:
This cross-application component can be used as basis for having a WebDynpro user interface for
Performance Management. Simplification includes:
- Web entry page to access appraisal documents (work list view). From there appraisal documents
can be created, accessed, or downloaded. If enabled, mass creation of appraisal documents is
possible.
- Web page for administrators to administer appraisal documents. (Example: It can be defined which
elements to group under which tab in the appraisal template.)
120 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Overview of the appraisal document's progress and easier status handling in the appraisal
document
Pain Points:
- Cumbersome maintenance of appraisal documents: users had difficulties in seeing where they were
in the process and the next step of the process.
- Layout limitations: note fields were quite small and different elements could not be grouped under
one tab to have a more structured appraisal document
Business Benefits:
- Customers can choose the simplified user interface, a more user-friendly display, and easier use of
appraisal documents
Target Group:
Appraisers, appraisees, and administrators who want to maintain or view appraisal documents.
10.2.5 CA, Employee Qualifications for Concurrent/Global Employment
(BF: CA_PA_CE_GE_QUALI - EhP: 4)
Description:
New functional capabilities have been provided that enable handling of employee
qualifications for concurrently or globally employed employees
Early Adopters:
- Customers who are using concurrent or global employment in an active mode
- Customers who want to use qualifications with concurrently or globally employed employees
Headline:
Qualification Enablement to Support Concurrent and Global Employment
Business Benefits:
- Eliminates time-consuming and expensive administrative tasks
- Ensures accurate employee records
- Offers more precise information on an employee's existing qualification
10.2.5.1 Qualifications at person ID level
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
121 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Qualifications are maintained at person ID level and not for every personnel assignment
- All authorized employees have access to all qualifications of the employee (independent of
personnel assignment)
- If a qualification is created, changed, delimited, or deleted, the change will be effective for all
personnel assignments
- Transactions and reports (like profile match-up) dealing with qualifications to show them at the
person ID level
Pain Points:
- Cumbersome maintenance of qualifications for concurrently or globally employed employees
- Incorrect or irritating handling of qualifications in profile match-up in case of concurrently
employed employees
Business Benefits:
- Reduction of administration effort; qualifications are not maintained several times for the same
employee
- Applications dealing with qualifications (like profile match-up) are able to show and maintain
qualifications at the physical person level in a proper and holistic manner
Target Group:
- Managers and administrators who maintain or view an employee's qualifications
- Employees who maintain or view their qualifications
10.2.6 HCM, Learning Solution 02 (BF: HCM_LSO_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
1. Portal role for training administrators 2. Learning management for team 3. Concurrent & global
employment support 4. Rapid content publishing 5. BI data source for course appraisals 6. Offline
course distribution.
The above features are available with both SAP Learning Solution (LSO) & Enterprise Learning (EL)
(SAP EL = SAP LSO 600 + Enhancement Pack 2 + Virtual Learning Room feature)
Early Adopters:
1. Existing customers of SAP Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning.
2. Customers who are using training and SAP Event Management but not SAP Learning Solution/ SAP
Enterprise Learning.
122 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Headline:
Simplify Learning Management with SAP Learning Solution
Business Benefits:
1. Course administrator portal role provides a simpler and more effective means of performing day-
to-day training activities.
2. Managers can actively manage the learning activities of their teams.
3. Varying training needs of learners with concurrent or global assignments can be effectively
managed.
4. Publishing e-learning content is faster and simpler.
5. Organizations can report and analyze learners' appraisals of courses, and thus use the information
to improve training programs.
6. E-learning courses can be distributed to remote locations with limited network connectivity
through CDs and progress can be updated online.
10.2.6.1 Course administrator portal role
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
Training administrators can perform all their day-to-day activities through an intuitive and Web-
based interface. Activities include:
Scheduling courses
Managing participation
Monitoring resources and capacities
Following up on courses
Managing mandatory course assignments
Managing course-related correspondence
Administrators are also provided and alerted with specific work lists that help them to keep track of
courses' readiness, booking levels, and so on
Pain Points:
Training administrative activities are usually performed through SAP GUI interfaces in the SAP
Learning Solution back end. Working in this manner requires the user to be well trained on these
transactions.
123 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
This new portal role enables training administrators who are not trained in the SAP GUI to perform
routine training administration tasks without extensive training.
Business Benefits:
The course administrator portal role provides a simpler means of performing regular course
administrative activities. The regular activities of a course administrator are arranged in logical work
centers that will help them to access information easily and act on it.
The portal role also includes work lists that help administrators be aware of course readiness
statuses, resource fulfillment statuses, booking, and capacity-related alerts.
Target Group:
Training administrators
10.2.6.2 Learning management services for managers
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Managers can manage the learning activities of their team members much more effectively.
Managers can now manage mandatory course assignments for their team members: they can assign
new mandatory assignments and change or delete already-specified assignments. They can also track
if such courses have been booked by the team member. They can book their team members for
specific courses directly.
Pain Points:
Currently, managers can view the qualification gaps and suggested learning courses for their team
members, but they cannot book them for such courses directly. With this feature, managers would
be able to do so. They can also add courses as mandatory for their team members.
Business Benefits:
This feature allows managers to take an active role in managing their teams' learning activities and
thereby manage the overall talent in their teams.
Target Group:
Managers
10.2.6.3 Rapid content publishing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / both
Description:
124 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
This functionality allows content publishers to publish e-learning content to the content repository
through a simple Web-based interface. Content developers can store their content in a central FTP
folder. The content can then be published through the interface by providing the FTP address. The
status of whether the content was correctly published can also be checked online.
Pain Points:
Content publishing is usually done through the authoring environment tool which is a part of SAP
Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning. Checking in and publishing is a multistep process that
involves several clicks. The new user interface would allow this activity to be done with a single user
interface and with a minimum number of clicks.
Business Benefits:
1. Content publishing is made faster and simpler.
2. Users do not have to wait till the content is published, but can track the status later.
3. The authorization for content publishing can be more controlled. Content designers can simply
develop the content and store in a central FTP location. They do not need any online connection to
SAP Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning. Then, only authorized users can publish this content
to the central repository.
Target Group:
Content administrators and course administrators
10.2.6.4 Enablement of concurrent and global employment
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
SAP Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning can now support learning management for
employees with multiple or global assignments (concurrent and global employment). Employees
having multiple assignments might have varying training needs according to each assignment. For
instance, they might have different qualification gap analysis results based on their qualification
profile comparison with each of the position that they hold. That requires them to take different
courses to fill these gaps. Course bookings might need to be authorized by different managers. SAP
Enterprise Learning is now built considering these points and has appropriate processes from the
perspectives of the learner, administrator, instructor, and manager.
Pain Points:
Currently, handling learning activities for a learner with multiple assignments might need
inconvenient procedures for organizations. For instance, a learner might need different logins to
view or access learning activities related to different assignments. With this feature, such
inconvenient methods are unnecessary. At every process, users will be able to differentiate between
the different assignments and will be able to perform activities pertaining to specific assignments.
125 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
1. Learning for learners with multiple assignments can be more effectively managed. 2. Learners can
get a holistic picture of all their learning activities for all assignments and can differentiate them
based on their assignments. 3. Administrators and managers can manage and report on the learning
activities of specific assignments of learners. 4. Instructors with multiple assignments can manage
the courses that they conduct as a part of their different assignments.
Target Group:
Learners, course administrators, instructors, and managers
10.2.6.5 BI data sources for course appraisals
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Learners can give feedback on courses that they took through the Learning Portal. The new
functionality provides predefined data sources that customers can use to build their own BI reports
to report and analyze feedback data. For instance, the data can be used to improve specific aspects
(such as content, duration, and so on) or the entire training program.
Pain Points:
Currently, there are no standard reports that enable organizations to analyze feedback given on
courses.
Business Benefits:
Evaluating training feedback is the first level of assessing training effectiveness (example:
Kirkpatrick's model for assessing training effectiveness)
Standard data sources that extract all possible information needed for reporting on course appraisals
are delivered with the solution. Customers can use these data sources and build BI reports that will
suit their business requirements. A BI report developed in this manner can offer valuable
information about course effectiveness.
Target Group:
Training departments
10.2.6.6 Offline course distribution
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
126 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The new feature allows e-learning courses to be stored and distributed through CDs. Learners can
take the course from the CDs. Progress can be then synchronized online. This method is particularly
effective when learners are located in disparate, remote locations with limited connectivity to a LAN
or the Internet.
Pain Points:
Limited connectivity or connectivity with low bandwidth capabilities can be a hindrance to
implementing a learning strategy that involves e-learning or Web-based learning methods. For
instance, learners might find that it takes a longer time to go through e-learning courses or the
connectivity gets lost in between. This feature allows organizations to bypass this limitation and still
effectively implement e-learning strategies.
Business Benefits:
1. Courses are distributed and taken offline, overcoming network limitations. 2. Courses from a CD
can be copied to learners' PCs and taken individually. That saves bandwidth when compared to all
learners taking the course online. 3. Connectivity is needed only to synchronize learners' progress in
SAP Enterprise Learning. 4. That is also suitable when it is expected that a group of learners is to
take a set of e-learning courses at the same time.
Target Group:
Learners and training departments
HCM, Enterprise Compensation Management 01 (BF: HCM_ECM_CI_1
HCM_ECM_CI_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
New functionality enhances the compensation planning and approval process with multilevel
approval, notifications, and tracking; additional reporting capabilities; and support for HR
administration for mass changes of matrix values and additional configuration options.
Early Adopters:
- Customers who use Enterprise Compensation Management in active mode
- Certain enhancements require active use of SAP Manager Self-Service
- Customers who wish to reduce administrative costs associated with compensation processes
Headline:
Additional Functional Enhancements for Enterprise Compensation Management
Business Benefits:
Customers now have an option to use:
- Enhanced planning and approval functionality
- Additional reporting capabilities
127 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Enhanced HR administrator functionality
10.2.7.1 Enhanced planning and approval functionality
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / bothDescription:
A new planning overview screen displays the planning information on an organizational level,
including an overview of the budget information (allocated, spent, and deltas). The user can drill
down to view data for the organizational hierarchy, view the status of approval (including tracking of
changes made to the planning by subordinate managers), view the planning data for the employees
for organization(s), and approve on organizational level. Notifications and multilevel approval
process are customizable by the customer.
Pain Points:
- Lack of flexibility and functionality to support the planning and approval process to allow for
multilevel approval and direct changes to the planning by higher level managers.
- Lack of budget roll-up and allocation information which is needed to supports managers with the
planning and approval of their organizational hierarchy.
Business Benefits:
Increased flexibility and functionality to support the planning and approval process that allows for
multilevel approval and direct changes to the planning by higher level managers.
Target Group:
The higher level manager who approves the planning for subordinate managers.
10.2.7.2 Additional HR reporting capabilities
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
There are several reports to support HR with administering the compensation process. The reports
support the planning process and progress (example: data on the status of planning by manager and
organization), auditing the process (example: tracking of infotype 759), and additional administration
tasks (example: changes made to compensation data).
Pain Points:
Customers require more information to support the monitoring and following up.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced data visibility into actions and statuses associated with the company's compensation
processes.
128 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
HR and compensation administrators
10.2.7.3 Enhanced HR administration functionality
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The HR administrator is provided enhanced functionality to make changes (adjustments, deletion,
and so on) to certain compensation records en masse. Corresponding reports for the functionality is
noted in the additional HR reporting capabilities feature. In addition, functionality supports changes
to guideline matrix values en masse.
Pain Points:
- Manual changes on an employee or record level, which is time-consuming and prone to errors.
- Lack of information to support auditing of changes and provide an overview history.
Business Benefits:
Reduced effort and processing time due to the enhanced functionality to make mass
changes.Target Group:
HR and compensation administrators
10.3 Workforce Process Management
10.3.1 CATS classic for Concurrent Employment (BF: CA_CATS_CE - EhP: 4)
Description:
Concurrent employment relates to functionality for employees who have several personnel
assignments within one company. This business function enables the employees to record their
working times for all personnel assignments in one cross-application time sheet (CATS classic).
Early Adopters:
SAP ERP customers in public sector, higher education, and health care for all countries in which SAP
provides a concurrent employment solution
Headline:
Enhanced CATS Classic with Concurrent Employment Functionality
Business Benefits:
Optimizes business processes across concurrent employment (CE)
129 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel
assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees,
decentral time administrators, and the central human resources department
Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments
Ensures accurate employee records
10.3.1.1 Enhanced CATS classic with concurrent employment functionality
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Provides concurrently employed end users and decentralized time administrators with a person-
related view for CATS classic
Allows time entry on multiple personal assignment in one person view
Pain Points:
No option for concurrently employed employees and decentralized time administrators to enter time
data within CATS classic for several personal assignments in one person view
Business Benefits:
Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel
assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees,
decentral time administrators, and the central human resources department
Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments
Target Group:
Employees, decentralized time administrators, and a central human resources department
10.3.2 HCM, Personnel Actions for Concurrent Employment (BF:
HCM_CE_PA_PA - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enhanced transaction PA40 for multiple personnel assignments
Early Adopters:
Concurrent Employment Customers
Headline:
Handle Personnel Actions (Hiring, Termination, or Long-Term Absences) for Employees with Multiple
Personnel Assignments
130 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Streamline processes for employees who have multiple personnel assignments and thus reduce the
administrative burden of the HR department
10.3.2.1 Organizational change
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
When changing organizational data that results in a change of the legal employer, the system now
supports the process of terminating the old personnel assignment and creating a new one with an
option to transfer data into it.
Pain Points:
In the present release of the concurrent employment functionality, the system requires a user to
process two personnel actions for an organizational change that results in a change of a legal
employer without an option to transfer data. This system limitation is inefficient and could have a
negative impact on data accuracy.
Business Benefits:
The process for an organizational change resulting in a change of the legal employer has been
simplified and enhanced with functionality to assure master data accuracy, data consistency, and
enhanced usability.
Target Group:
Customers using concurrent employment
10.3.2.2 Termination
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
This functionality supports the process of terminating assignments for employees with multiple
assignments. When executing a termination action, the system now provides an option to reassign
data from a terminated assignment to a remaining assignment. The termination action can also be
connected to the transactions for quota corrections and remunerations and to the benefits
workbench.
Pain Points:
In the present release of the concurrent employment functionality, the system requires a user to
process a PA40 termination action on each and every personnel assignment of an employee to
131 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
terminate all personnel assignments completely. The system limitation of terminating one personnel
assignment at a time is inefficient and could have a negative impact on data accuracy.
Business Benefits:
The process of terminating personnel assignments within concurrent employment has been
simplified and enhanced with functionality to assure master data accuracy, data consistency, and
enhanced usability.
Target Group:
Customers using concurrent employment
10.3.2.3 Payroll area change
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
A system switch has been established for keeping the payroll area in synch within concurrent
employment for multiple personnel assignments.
Pain Points:
In the current release, users can change the payroll area with transaction PA30 for only one of an
employee's personnel assignments. During the payroll run, the system will reject all the employee's
personnel assignments.
Business Benefits:
Keeping the payroll area in synch for multiple personnel assignments assures master data accuracy
and data consistency.
Target Group:
Customers using concurrent employment
10.3.2.4 Leave of absence
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
This functionality supports the process for leave of absence (LoA) for employees with multiple
assignments. When executing a LoA action the system now considers all personnel assignments. The
LoA action can also be connected to the transactions for quota corrections and remunerations and to
the benefits workbench.
Pain Points:
132 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
In the present release of the concurrent employment functionality, the system requires a user to
process a PA40 LoA action on each and every personnel assignment of an employee to deactivate all
personnel assignments completely. The system limitation of editing one personnel assignment at a
time is inefficient and could have a negative impact on data accuracy.
Business Benefits:
The process of inactivating personnel assignments within concurrent employment has been
simplified and enhanced with functionality to assure master data accuracy, data consistency, and
enhanced usability.
Target Group:
Customers using concurrent employment
10.3.3 HCM, Administrative Services 02 (BF: HCM_ASR_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
1. Continuous improvements: enhanced test report, business statuses, and processes w/o object
2. Processes for PD objects: organizational unit, position, and job
3. Mass process start and fast data entry by with HR administrator portal role
Early Adopters:
Customer with first experiences in maintaining HR employee data with SAP Interactive Forms who
wants to enhance this concept in the direction of PD objects and mass handling of employee
processes
Headline:
HCM Processes and Forms Goes for Mass Processes and Maintenance of the Organizational
Structure
Business Benefits:
- Enhanced process approach to organizational processes
- Allow mass start of processes
- Allow mass maintenance of employee data through the portal role of HR administrator
10.3.3.1 Execute PD processes with SAP HCM processes and forms
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Allows users to execute processes based on SAP Interactive Forms on PD objects like organizational
units, positions, and jobs
133 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Through this feature user can now maintain the organizational structure through the back-end
system and the portal
Business Benefits:
Maintenance of organizational structure by users with less training
Target Group:
Occasional users
10.3.3.2 Mass processes for employees with SAP HCM processes and forms
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Allows users to execute multiple employee processes with SAP HCM processes and forms without a
need to start multiple instances
Pain Points:
The customer does not need anymore to start single instances of processes for employees, but can
do a mass start for a group of employees
Business Benefits:
The benefit is especially for managers, who gain time through the mass start and avoid handling
multiple employees.
Target Group:
Portal roles of manager and HR administrator
10.3.3.3 Fast data entry for employee data through the portal
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Maintenance of master data of multiple employees
Pain Points:
Allows users to maintain the HR master data of multiple employees simultaneously through a portal
feature
134 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
The customer can now maintain multiple employees through the portal and is not forced to use the
back end for this activity
Target Group:
HR administrators
Execute employee processes without starting object (SAP HCM processes
processes and forms)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
This feature allows users to start an employee process. Only a process step after the start technically
assigns the employee for whom data will be updated in the form-based process.
Pain Points:
The challenge was especially for managers. Only they could start processes for their employees,
which is inadequate in a project organization, for example.
Business Benefits:
Easy implementation for project organization situations without the need to change the long-term
relationships and authorizations in organizational management
Target Group:
Managers
10.3.3.5 Customer-defined business statuses: processes with SAP HCM
processes and forms
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
With this feature, users can replace rather technical statuses for processes (in
process, finished, and so on) with customer-defined statuses (bonus payment
requested, bonus paid, and so on)Pain Points:
The previous technical status didn't allow business-related information about the processing of a
process
Business Benefits:
135 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Up-to-date and business-related process status information
Target Group:
All target roles of SAP HMC processes and forms
10.3.3.6 Step-specific work item delivery (UWL or mail) in SAP HCM processes
and forms
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
This features allows users to define (per process step) if the work item is delivered through the UWL
or through an e-mail with a link
Pain Points:
Previously, delivery of the work items could be defined only through the technical object workflow
task, which did not allow a customizing fitting to the technical needs of the recipients of the work
items (manager: UWL; employee: e-mail and so on)
Business Benefits:
The technical implementation of the step-specific behavior can be achieved much quicker and more
easily
Target Group:
All target roles of SAP HCM processes and forms
10.3.4 HCM, Time and Labor Management for Concurrent Employment (BF:
HCM_CE_PT - EhP: 4)
Description:
Further support of concurrent employment in time management, time entry on multiple personnel
assignments via CATS regular, enhancements to time manager's workplace, and enablement of
further functions and operations in RPTIME01
Early Adopters:
SAP ERP customers in public sector, higher education, and health care for all countries for which SAP
provides a concurrent employment solution. Concurrent employment customers who use time
management.
Headline:
Handle Time Entry, Time Evaluation, and Management of Time Quotas for Employees with Several
Personnel Assignments
136 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel
assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees,
decentral time administrators, and the central human resources department
Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments
Ensures accurate employee records
10.3.4.1 Time entry on multiple personnel assignments via CATS regular
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:
Provides concurrent employed employees with a person-related view for CATS regular
Allows time entry on multiple personal assignment in one person view
Pain Points:
No possibility for concurrent employed employees to enter time data within CATS regular for several
personal assignments in one person view
Business Benefits:
Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel
assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees
Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments
Target Group:
Employees
10.3.4.2 Enhancements to time manager's workplace (TMW)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Provides decentralized time administrators with a person-related view for TMW
Allows time data maintenance on multiple personal assignment in one person view
Pain Points:
No possibility for decentralized time administrators to enter time data within TMW
for several personal assignments in one person viewBusiness Benefits:
137 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel
assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for decentralized time
administrators and the central human resources department. Offers more precise and efficient
personnel assignments
Target Group:
Decentralized time administrators and central human resource department
10.3.4.3 Enhanced time quota service and new leave overview service
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Provides concurrent employed employees with a person-related view and information on shared
quotas in SAP Employee Self-Service service time quotas and SAP Employee Self-Service service leave
overview
Pain Points:
No possibility for concurrent employed employees and view time quotas and leave overview for
several personal assignments in one person view
Business Benefits:
Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel
assignments
Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments
Target Group:
Employees
10.3.4.4 Enablement of further functions and operation in RPTIME01 for CE
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Enablement of further functions and operation in RPTIME01 for CE
Pain Points:
Missing functions and operations for RPTIME01 for CE
Business Benefits:
138 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel
assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for system
administrators, time administrators, and the central human resources department
Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments
Target Group:
Time administrators, central human resource department, and system administrators
139 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11 Industries
11.1 SAP for Aerospace & Defense
11.1.1 Support for Flight Operations Across Industries (BF: DFPS_LM_GEN -
EhP: 4)
Description:
Support for flight operations across industries. General functions like flight, flight plan, and status
board, including environmental functions like technical status overview and controlled usage rate,
are available
Early Adopters:
Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing SAP ERP 2005. These customers
typically might use (or plan to use) industry-specific maintenance, repair, and overhaul (MRO)
functionality.
Headline:
Make Defense-Specific Line Maintenance Functionality Available to Nondefense Customers
Business Benefits:
1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete. 2) Help improve the argument
for upgrade business cases. 3) Improve the foundation that will be used by partners to enhance the
MRO solution. 4) Improved support for flight operations.
11.1.1.1 Defense-specific line maintenance functionality for nondefense
customers
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Flight order:
A special type of maintenance order that also contains an aircraft's flight-specific data
Flight plan:
The flight plan lists all the flights that exist in the system for a given period
Technical status:
The technical status valuates the current technical status of an aircraft
Operational status:
140 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
This function provides information about the suitability of an aircraft for operation.
Controlled usage rate:
The use of aircraft must be monitored to ensure that too many maintenance tasks are not due at the
same time. This operation is known as a controlled usage rate.
Entry of aircraft accidents and incidents:
If an aircraft accident occurs, the incident must be documented with all the relevant aircraft data
Pain Points:
Inability of nondefense customers to use defense line maintenance functionality
Business Benefits:
1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete. 2) Help improve the argument
for upgrade business cases. 3) Improve the foundation that will be used by partners to enhance the
MRO solution. 4) Improved support for flight operations.
Target Group:
Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing SAP ERP 2005 who plan to use
industry-specific MRO functionality
11.1.2 Material Exchange Using SCM; Int./Ext. Comp. Repair (BF:
AD_MPN_SCM_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
a) ATP using SCM and material exchange in subcontracting component list and for the component
(material) to be refurbished in the refurbishment order b) use of a manually entered structure node
in the component list of a plant maintenance order
Early Adopters:
SAP customers in all industries who refurbish components in their own repair shops
or send components to an external subcontractor for refurbishment, need rules-
based ATP in SAP SCM and have complex material exchange requirements. SAP
SCM customers who use procurement planning with repair-buy decisions and who
need process integration of the SAP SPP planning runs with the SAP ERP.Headline:
Rules-Based ATP with Material Exchange for Components in Subcontracting and Refurbishment
Orders
Business Benefits:
The availability check of the components of a subcontracting order can be performed using rules-
based ATP in SAP SCM with material exchange using interchangeability data maintained in SAP SCM.
141 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.1.2.1 GATP with material exchange for the main component of a
subcontracting order
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
A rules-based ATP check can be performed for the main component of a subcontracting order.
Material exchange and location substitution caused by transferring the GATP result are supported.
Pain Points:
Availability check in SAP SCM for the part to be repaired was missing. For subcontracting orders
generated by an SPP planning run based on a repair decision with material upgrade, no availability
check with material exchange was available to determine a suitable material for this repair process.
Business Benefits:
Use of GATP in SAP SCM and a rules-based ATP check to determine the unserviceable material in
stock that can be sent to a subcontractor for an upgrade.
Integration of SPP planning (repair-buy decision) with execution in SAP ERP.
Target Group:
Material planning
11.1.2.2 Upgrade orders with GATP and material exchange for the component
to be upgraded
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
For refurbishment orders marked as upgrade orders, a rules-based ATP check can be performed for
the component that is to be refurbished. A transfer of the ATP results can perform a material
exchange of the component. On the header page of such an upgrade order, the from-material
number can differ from the to-material number. The goods issue is posted for the from-material
number; the goods receipt is posted for the to-material number.
Pain Points:
Order processing for a material upgrade with a material number change was not completely
integrated. For a refurbishment order, no SAP SCM-based availability check for the components to be
repaired was available. Process integration of SPP planning (using repair-or-buy decision) and SAP
ERP execution was missing.
142 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Integrated upgrade order processing, GATP in SAP SCM for the component to be upgraded, and
integration of SPP planning and SAP ERP execution
Target Group:
Material planning and PM order planning
11.1.2.3 Enhancements to enter the structure code manually in a PM order
component item
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription:
Entry of the manual structure code in components of a PM order is enhanced. The controlling
functions in customizing were extended. An existing customer BADI was enhanced.
Pain Points:
Manual entry of a structure code was too restrictive
Business Benefits:
Flexible and comfortable entry of a structure code in a component item of a PM order
Target Group:
PM material planner
11.1.3 GPD Improvements (BF: AD_GPD_CI_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
- Redesign of pegging process: performance tuning, error logging, rounding, new BADI support, and
low-level code corrections
- Enhanced movement types support: consumption posting to individual WBS (221/222Q);
group-to-group transfer with initial peg setting (415/416Q)
Early Adopters:
Defense contractors who use project-based manufacturing
Headline:
New, Improved Pegging Program with LLC Code Correction and Enhanced Logging and Messaging.
Significant Performance Gains in the Pegging Process.
Business Benefits:
143 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
In addition to a dramatic improvement in performance, the new pegging program can handle
unplanned issues within one run. The new logging and messaging concept provides better visibility
into the process running in the background.
11.1.3.1 Redesign of pegging process
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Improve existing pegging process with:
- Performance tuning
- Logging
- Rounding
- Low-level code correction
- BAdI conversion to new kernel-based BAdIs
- Run profile
- Several other round-offs
Pain Points:
Pegging batch runs are typically very long because of the large amount of data to be processed
specifically for A&D. Data analysis is cumbersome due to insufficient reporting and logging
capabilities.
Business Benefits:
Allows customers to understand pegging accuracy in the GPD environment much better by providing
more tools
Target Group:
Controlling, production planner, program manager, accountant, and materials planner
Improved material movement support
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
New movement type
- Consumption posting to individual WBS (221/222Q)
144 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Movement type enhancement
- Group-to-group transfer with initial peg setting (415/416Q)
Pain Points:
Standard goods movement processes not supported out of the box from GPD solution, requires
customer-specific work-around solutions
Business Benefits:
Allow customers to integrate GPD better with their standard MM (inventory management) processes
Target Group:
Material planner
11.1.4 Interchangeability in STO (BF: AD_MPN_STO - EhP: 4)
Description:
Material exchange subitems will be created with subitem category P. Issuing unit of measure will be
supported within the subitems.
Early Adopters:
Customers who want to use SAP ERP-based material exchange in the STO. Customers who want to
use an alternate units of measure for interchangeable materials.
Headline:
Material Exchange in Stock Transport Orders
Business Benefits:
Enhanced support for interchangeability in stock transfer orders
11.1.4.1 Support of issuing unit of measure for interchangeability in STOs
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Creation of subitems in the issuing unit of measure during SAP ERP-based DIMP material exchange in
STO
Pain Points:
In the past, subitems were always created in the base unit of measure (UoM) during SAP ERP-based
material exchange in STO for DIMP. Successor documents were also created in the base UoM. That
was suitable only for parts that are stocked and issued in the same UoM.
Business Benefits:
145 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The range of materials for which interchangeability in the STO can be used is spread out. That allows
users to cover a broader area of replenishment processes and support interchangeability in these
processes.
Target Group:
Material planners who manage internal replenishment processes
11.1.4.2 Original demand capture and manual adjustment of ATP
interchangeabilty
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
If an SAP ERP-based ATP check is carried out for a stock transport order (STO) item, and the system
cannot confirm the complete quantity, the system can be set up in a way to display the
interchangeable materials and their available quantities and allow a manual adjustment of the
materials and quantities. After adjustment, the system creates subitems within the STO to reflect this
situation. The subitems behave like similar subitems in SD orders. That means that the quantities and
dates in the main item can be changed and the ATP check can be triggered based on the main item
change. The main item holds the original demand quantity and date. The ATP check creates a new
proposal for subitem creation based on the main item.
Pain Points:
Combination of an adequate subitem and schedule line-handling for interchangeable materials in the
STO with manual adjustment support for the ATP result
Business Benefits:
Better support for internal (stock transfer-based) replenishment processes that are based on STOs
and interchangeability. Better tracking and fulfillment of the original demand.
Target Group:
Material planners who manage internal replenishment processes
11.1.5 Rot/SSP, Subcon. Innovations (BF: AD_MRO_CI_3 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Downport of the following topics:
- Rotables management
- Subcontracting
146 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Early Adopters:
Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing SAP ERP 2005. These customers
must also use (or plan to use) industry-specific functionality from SAP for maintenance, repair, and
overhaul (MRO).
Headline:
Improvements in Rotables Management and Subcontracting Functionalities
Business Benefits:
1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete. 2) Help improve the argument
for upgrade business cases. 3) Improve the MRO solution foundation that will be used by partners to
enhance the MRO solution.
11.1.5.1 Improvements in rotables management and subcontracting
functionalities
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Material exchange:
Perform forward exchange and unplanned material exchange in subcontract processing
Subcontracting purchasing:
Purchase requisition update after changes in PM/CS order
Synchronization of purchase order account assignment and special stock indicator
Inventory management
All subcontracting goods movement can now be performed using transaction MIGO
Subsequent adjustments can be performed using transaction MIGO
Handle valuated subcontractor stocks with project stocks and sales order stocks
RMA processing
Return material authorization processing fully integrated with subcontracting
Customer stock:
Enhance multiple movement types to work with customer stock
Pain Points:
Perform forward exchange and unplanned material exchanges
147 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Lack of subcontract purchasing integration
Lack of return material authorization and subcontract integration
Inability of certain movement types to handle customer stock
Inability to value subcontract stock for project and sales order stock
Business Benefits:
1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete. 2) Help improve the
argument for upgrade business cases. 3) Improve the MRO solution foundation that will be used by
partners to enhance the MRO solution.
Target Group:
Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing ERP 2005 using (or planning to use)
industry-specific MRO functionality from SAP
11.2 SAP for Automotive
11.2.1 LO, Warranty Claim Processing for Dealer Portal (BF: WTY_DP_1 -
EhP: 4)
Description:
Provides a user interface for warranty-handling on the dealer side
Early Adopters:
Manufacturers or distributors who want to connect their dealers to SAP Warranty Management
Headline:
Increased Productivity and Efficiency in Dealer Network Communication
Business Benefits:
- Increased productivity and efficiency through enhanced collaboration and communication between
OEM, distributor
or importer, and dealer
- Cost reductions through better extensibility
11.2.1.1 Warranty management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
148 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The dealer portal enables dealers to service and interact with end customers more effectively.
Through the dealer portal, importers provide dealers with self-service capabilities and critical
business transactions.
Create warranty claims
Receive notice about rejection or acceptance of a claim
Display and update warranty claims
Display a list of all recalled vehicles or vehicles with technical campaigns
Display a list of parts to be returned and print all necessary labels
Pain Points:
Claims, return parts, recall management, claim search, object registration, and financial reporting
Business Benefits:
Interface to manufacturer, importer, or DMS provided (EDI/XML)
Back-end integration into finance and controlling
Faster response to dealer
More transparency in warranty processing
Cost reduction for processing of warranty claims
Integration of business analytics
Target Group:
Automotive importers and distribution centers
11.2.2 Dealer Portal, Veh. Mgmt. Syst., Spare Parts, Enterpr. Serv. (BF:
AUTO_DP_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Provides new UI based on Web Dynpro for ABAP for the dealer in the vehicle
management system and for spare parts business. Improvements are in the area of
usability, accessibility, extensibility, and functionality. Services are also provided to
handle vehicle and sales orders.Early Adopters:
149 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
All automotive manufacturers, importers, distributors, and national sales companies that offer Web
portal access to their back-end systems, such as vehicle ordering and locating, spare parts search,
and ordering replenishment.
Headline:
Increased Productivity and Efficiency in Dealer Network Communication
Business Benefits:
- Increased productivity and efficiency through enhanced collaboration and communication between
OEM, distributor
or importer, and dealer
- Reduction in stock; real-time data on availability and delivery allows stock reductions on buying and
selling sides
- Cost reductions through better extensibility
11.2.2.1 Spare parts management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Parts order creation, order simulation, order tracking, parts catalog integration, material search,
availability check, and return order process
Pain Points:
The dealer portal enables dealers to sell to, service, and interact with end customers more
effectively. Through the dealer portal, importers provide dealers with self-service capabilities and
critical business transactions.
Search for service parts via catalog
Ensure login security via user identification
Run availability check from basket
View master data
Enter orders online via Internet
Get delivery date confirmation
Get status information on the order
Business Benefits:
150 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Easy and fast service parts ordering of original parts and exchange parts for franchise dealers and
independent service stations
Order tracking
Efficient and fast service parts supply as a competitive advantage
Improved customer loyalty because of improved supply performance
Real-time availability of data from importer warehouse systems
Real-time information on availability of parts and prices
Target Group:
Automotive importers and distribution centers
11.2.2.2 Vehicle management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Vehicle search, vehicle configuration and pricing, end-customer management, vehicle sales, and
vehicle transfer
Pain Points:
The dealer portal enables dealers to sell to and interact with end customers more effectively.
Through the dealer portal, importers provide dealers with self-service capabilities and critical
business transactions.
Locate & Allocate Vehicles (Locate-to-Order)
Save the configuration
Create Orders (Build-to-Order)
Manage Vehicle and Customer Information
Request and transfer vehicles from other dealerships
Track vehicles at anytime during the process
Transfer data to DMS (XML download)
Business Benefits:
Holistic distribution chain management, centralized around the vehicle and customer
Individual business processes can be modeled very flexibly
Data visibility and transparency is a given at all times
151 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Fast search and configuration via Web applications
Role-based access to vehicles and customer information
Financials, materials management, controlling, and business analytics as integrated parts
Target Group:
Automotive importers and distribution centers
11.3 SAP for Banking
11.3.1 Loans Management for Financial Services: Pooling of Loans (BF:
EAFS_CML_LOANS_POOLING - EhP: 4)
Description:
- Option to provide contract data and current business transactions of CML to syndications
management
- With the help of this information, you can use syndications management to pool loan contracts and
simultaneously create an investor contract
Early Adopters:
Existing and prospective CML customers now have an option to map and execute complex funding of
a loan contract by this integration of CML and SAP Syndications Management
Headline:
Enhanced Integration of CML with SAP Syndications Management
Business Benefits:
- Realization of the prerequisites for the scenarios of loan pooling and portfolio funding with
provision of a technical interface between loans and SAP Syndications Management.
- Provision for customer implementation via the new BADI.
11.3.1.1 Enhanced integration of SAP Loans Management and SAP Syndications
Management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
152 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
To enable the scenario of portfolio funding, CML provides a report. The report is based on specific
selection criteria and provides SAP Syndications Management with information on the master data of
new and changed loans along with details on the change pointer and flow data (actual and
planned).The information is provided via a BADI, which customers can use to initiate their own
implementations. SAP Syndications Management will then update the funding status of selected loan
contracts in CML.
Pain Points:
Enhanced integration of CML and SAP Syndications Management with relevant data flow and update
via new technical interfaces
Provision of BADI to enable customers to implement their own requirements
Business Benefits:
Option to provide SAP Syndications Management with the required details to further loans pooling
and portfolio funding
Target Group:
Existing CML customers and prospective customers interested in structured financing via portfolio
funding of loan contracts
11.3.2 SAP Deposits: Business Operations in Account Management (BF:
EAFS_BCA_BUSOPR - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enhanced business operations to manage accounts
Early Adopters:
All customers who use account management functions
Headline:
Improve Your Business Processes for Account ManagementBusiness Benefits:
- Streamlined process for managing account closure
- Handling of reporting and legal requirements when they differ for each bank area
- Improved credit risk management and accounting through integration with reserve for bad debts
(RBD)
- Standardized process for release and option to define multiple levels of release
- Flexible configuration and optimization of data retrieval for printing correspondence
- Simplified definition of new products
- Improved analysis capability for changes made
153 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Increased number of bank statements can be generated for each account in a particular year
11.3.2.1 Enhanced account closure functions
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Enhanced business checks and the ability to define customer checks
- Option to simulate account closure
- Flexible definition of the balancing date
- Efficient handling of accounts that encounter errors during processing
- Simplified troubleshooting by using logs
Pain Points:
- Inability to simulate the account closure process
- Inability to define additional checks
- No error logging for single account closure
- No explicit balancing during mass closure
Business Benefits:
- Ability to simulate account closure
- User exits provided for defining additional customer checks
- Error logging for single account closure
- Balancing is carried out as part of the account closure process
Target Group:
Customers who use the account closure feature
11.3.2.2 Integration with multiple financial accounting systems
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Enables recording of general ledger data in different financial accounting systems (general ledgers)
for each bank area
154 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Each bank area could not be used to represent different companies or business units with different
general ledgers
Business Benefits:
International banks or companies can connect a central banking system to several local financial
accounting (FI) systems
Target Group:
Customers who use bank areas to represent different business units or companies
11.3.2.3 Integration with SAP Reserve for Bad Debts
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
You can use functions of SAP Reserve for Bad Debts to create individual value adjustment accounts
and accounts at the business partner aggregation level which can be used for the determination of
the credit worthiness of a business partner
Pain Points:
No central reporting system that covered both internal and external information requirements
Business Benefits:
Standard solution and enhanced capability offered for handling value adjustments and bad debts
Target Group:
Customers who need to provide for value adjustments and bad debts extensively
11.3.2.4 Integration with correspondence tool and print workbench
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Asynchronous printing of correspondence requests
- Correspondence scenarios integrated with print workbench (account create or change, account
closure, account closure prenotification, fixing term agreements, prenotification of term agreement
maturity, calling of term agreements, bank statements, and balance notifications)
- Ability to view all correspondence requests that are created for an account
- Standard implementation of user exits
155 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Need for creating your own print interface
Business Benefits:
- Unified processes for correspondence production
- Flexible configuration and optimization of actual data retrieval
- Flexible enhancement concept (user exits) for use-specific adaptation
- Central and user optimized form development platform
- General and unified availability of al SAP-provided print techniques and externally available data
formats
Target Group:
Customers who send correspondence to their clients upon occurrence of certain events (account
created) or periodically (bank statements)
11.3.2.5 Integration with release tool
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- The release tool has been integrated with account closure, payment items, payment orders,
forward orders, and standing orders.
- When an object needs to be released, a workflow item is created in the inbox of the agent. Agents
can access it from the business workplace and can release, reject, change, or display the object.
- Based on the option exercised by agents, the release workflow makes status
changes to the BCA objects during their life cycle.Pain Points:
- Manual intervention required for release
- Inability to define multiple levels of release
Business Benefits:
- Standard solution for handling release functionality
- Automatic determinationof agents responsible
- Flexible enhancement through user exits
- Enhanced ability to define release relevance
Target Group:
156 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Customers who widely use the release process and need to define multiple levels of release
11.3.2.6 Integration with change document viewer
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Presents change documents in a unified, readable manner across all functions in SAP Deposits
Pain Points:
- Inadequate selection criteria for viewing change documents
- Inability to group related fields
- Inability to view the values of nonkey fields for deleted records
- Field values do not display the business meaningBusiness Benefits:
- Improved selection criteria that enable viewing of only relevant change documents
- Detailed view provides ability to compare the business and technical information
- Improved presentation and printing of change details
Target Group:
Customers who need to analyze changes made to system data
11.3.2.7 Enhanced account management functions
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Information regarding archived payment items is displayed
- The complex amount-dependent authorizations that are based on authorization groups is removed
- Customer exit provided to save, display, and check customer-specific fields on the payment
transaction screens
Pain Points:
- Complex definition of amount-dependent authorizations for payment transactions
- Inability to add customer-specific fields
Business Benefits:
- Simpler definition of authorizations
157 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Flexible enhancement through user exits
Target Group:
Customers who use payment transactions and release functionality
11.3.2.8 Improvements in the area of the bank statement
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Can create up to 999999 bank statements for an account every year
Pain Points:
Creation of bank statements was restricted to 999 statements for an account in a year
Business Benefits:
Ability to create greater number of bank statements for each BCA account
Target Group:
Customers who generate bank statements frequently
11.3.2.9 Improvements in the area of the product configurator
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Ability to copy the attribute hierarchy to other clients or transport the attribute hierarchy to other
systems included in the product configurator
- Ability to set up matrix attributes from customizing
- Additional validation during attribute reassignment
- Enhanced product checks and product attribute hierarch
Pain Points:
Unclear and complicated process for copying and transporting the product attribute hierarchy
Business Benefits:
- Ease of copying and transporting the product attribute hierarchy
- Improved product attribute hierarchy facilitates easy access of data
Target Group:
158 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Customers who use the product configurator to define products
11.3.3 Business Operations in SAP Reserve for Bad Debts (BF:
/IBS/EAFS_RBD_BUSOPR - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enhanced business functions to manage the functionality of SAP Reserve for Bad Debts
Early Adopters:
All customers who use reserve for bad debts functions
Headline:
Improve Your Business Processes for SAP Reserve for Bad Debts
Business Benefits:
- Integration with bank customer accounts (BCA connectivity): improved credit risk management
and accounting through integration with SAP Reserve for Bad Debts
- Coverage gap
- Documentation
- Accessibility
- Appearance
Integration with bank customer accounts (BCA)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The SAP Reserve for Bad Debts application is integrated with BCA so that value adjustments can be
performed for BCA accounts
Pain Points:
Improved credit risk management and accounting through integration with SAP Reserve for Bad
Debts
Business Benefits:
Improved credit risk management and accounting through integration with SAP Reserve for Bad
Debts
Target Group:
DSAG User Group: BCA
159 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.4 SAP for Consumer Products
11.4.1 New CWM Architecture: Inv. Mgmt. and Actng. in SAP ERP (BF:
/CWM/CM_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Catch weight management with SAP ERP-based inventory management and inventory accounting
Early Adopters:
Customers in the meat, fish, and dairy industries who need to maintain inventories in two units of
measure in parallel and independently of each other
Headline:
SAP Catch Weight Management Closer to Core SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
In the target industries, materials often do not have a fixed conversion factor between two units of
measure like PC (base unit) and KG (parallel unit). Inventory for such materials can be managed
correctly and without usage of additional DB tables outside core SAP ERP. Management includes an
ability to decide if the base unit or the parallel unit should be the basis for inventory valuation.
Customers gain significant advantages in the areas of inventory management, visibility and customer
satisfaction from this ability.
11.4.1.1 Recording of inventory quantities in two independent units of
measure
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Inventory quantities can be recorded and stored in two independent units of measure (UoM) in
parallel. Unlike earlier versions of SAP Catch Weight Management, the quantities are now stored in
extended core tables.
Pain Points:
Materials without a fixed conversion factor between two UoMs cannot be managed correctly in core
SAP ERP. An earlier version of SAP Catch Weight Management stored the quantities in separate DB
tables.
Business Benefits:
Materials without a fixed conversion factor between two UoMs can be managed correctly in SAP ERP
without using additional DB tables outside core SAP ERP.
Target Group:
160 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Inventory manager, supply chain manager, business unit analyst, inventory accountant
11.4.1.2 Inventory management and accounting of materials with two
independent UoMs
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Inventory values for materials with two managed inventory quantities (base unit and parallel unit)
can be maintained in either unit. This approach introduces the valuation unit to SAP ERP.
Pain Points:
Need to manage inventory in two units of measure (UoM) and inventory values based on a unit other
than the base unit. An earlier version of SAP Catch Weight Management enabled this function with
modules (not in SAP ERP) called LIME and inventory accounting.
Business Benefits:
In the target industries, inventory values are often based on a unit (KG) other than the base unit (PC).
Customers gain significant advantages in the areas of inventory management, visibility and customer
satisfaction.
Target Group:
Inventory manager and inventory controller
11.4.2 DEX Enablement for Mobile Devices in DSD (BF: /DSD/DEX - EhP: 4)
Description:
With DEX/UCS (direct exchange), delivery personal can connect a mobile device to a
retailer's computer on site to exchange delivery data. DSD supports the upload,
storage, and display of the resulting DEX communication thread in SAP ERP.Early
Adopters:
Consumer products manufacturers who run the direct store delivery process in the United States and
therefore need DEX/UCS support.
Headline:
DEX Enablement of Direct Store Delivery
Business Benefits:
In particular, retailers in the U.S. market often already have DEX in their processes and want a
business relationship only with companies that also use or can handle the DEX standard.
161 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.4.2.1 Processing DEX-related information
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Provide data necessary for DEX communication for download to a mobile device
- Ability to upload a DEX communication thread created on a mobile device to SAP ERP and store it
there
- Verification of a DEX communication thread by displaying, printing, or exporting it
- Archiving of DEX communication threads
Pain Points:
Usage of the DEX communication standard is a widely adopted business practice, especially in the
United States, and is therefore required as an integral part of a standard direct store delivery
solution.
Business Benefits:
- Support of direct and paperless data communication between the retailer and the manufacturer
onsite at the retailer, leading to less time-consuming paperwork and more correct data.
- Availability of DEX communication threads for later verification and issue resolution.
Target Group:
Sales clerks
11.5 SAP for Defense & Security
11.5.1 DFPS, Integration with SAP Mobile Defense & Security (BF:
DFPS_MDS_INTEGRATION - EhP: 4)
Description:
DFPS, Integration with SAP Mobile Defense & Security (SAP MDS 160)
Early Adopters:
Defense customers who need an offline capability for maintenance and materials management
execution and plan to use SAP MDS 1.6 require this back-end functionality
Headline:
Back-end functionality for SAP MDS 1.6
Business Benefits:
162 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
This business function is a prerequisite for use of SAP MDS 1.6 in the future
11.5.1.1 Back-end enablement for SAP MDS 1.6
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
This functionality enables use of SAP MDS 1.6
Pain Points:
Without the function, communication between the front and back ends is impossible for SAP MDS
1.6
Business Benefits:
Prerequisite to use the new functionality
Target Group:
Customers who already use SAP MDS and need to upgrade to SAP MDS 1.6
11.5.2 Item Unique Identification (Additional Functions) (BF: ERP_UID_02 -
EhP: 4)
Description:
Item unique identification (IUID) supports customers and suppliers by using a globally unique
identifier that handles serialized items across system boundaries. The development for EhP 4
enhances the functionality to get closer to a more complete solution for IUID support in SAP ERP.
Early Adopters:
U.S. DOD, other NATO DFPS organizations, and suppliers of these organizations. IUID identifies items
across system boundaries by assigning a unique identifier to the items and communicating the
identifier among business partners.
Headline:
Widen the Scope of Processes Supported by IUID in SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Improve system integration for IUID processes by delivering SAP ERP process triggers for IUID-related
messaging. Provide service-enabled IUID interfaces for registry communication, master data
maintenance (serialized materials and equipments), and B2B interfaces (customer-supplier
communication). Streamline inbound and outbound processes by enablement of process automation
via SAP Auto ID Infrastructure). (The business function provides enhanced interfaces to support
integrated IUID processing of SAP Auto ID Infrastructure and SAP ERP. In addition an SAP Auto ID
Infrastructure system based on SAP SCM 5.20 is needed).
163 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.5.2.1 IUID (item unique identification)-related message triggering
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The new functionality provides the capability to export electronic messages to external systems if
IUID-managed items are processed by the SAP ERP system and the items change, which required
reporting to an external system (a central database or any other external system). Main areas for
which we are providing such triggers for the creation of IUID-related messages include: inventory
management (goods issue and consumption), changes of technical configuration, and subcontracting.
The business function also provides a status monitor for IUID-managed items, which allows users to
control status-dependent processing based on five new IUID-relevant statuses that are available for
equipment.
Pain Points:
Customers who are obliged to support IUID (item unique identification) require an ability to integrate
the communication that is needed to report IUID-related information to SAP ERP processes. This
feature provides preconfigured trigger points for the most common processes.
Business Benefits:
Process- and status-based messaging for IUID-related items is provided. It provides a capability to
automate a lot of the messages that need to be sent to external systems.
Target Group:
Persons who are responsible for IUID administration processes and correct IUID communication from
SAP ERP to external systems
11.5.2.2 Integrated SAP Auto ID Infrastructure and SAP ERP Support for IUID-
managed items
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
SAP Auto ID Infrastructure provides a capability to support automated outbound and inbound
processes for materials. SAP Auto ID Infrastructure registers the delivery of a material within a
delivery or within a packing hierarchy and triggers the goods issue for these materials in the SAP ERP
system. This capability is enhanced to support IUID. SAP Auto ID Infrastructure also can support
inbound processing by identifying the receipt of an inbound delivery and triggering the goods receipt
in the SAP ERP system. This process also is enhanced to support IUIDs. This business function
provides the interfaces needed to enable these processes.
Pain Points:
164 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Automated outbound and inbound processing of material items including IUID could not be
performed
Business Benefits:
Enable automated warehouse processes (based on barcode or RFID) for items that are assigned to
IUIDs. Process automation based on SAP Auto ID Infrastructure) can be used to streamline outbound
and inbound processing when items are identified by IUIDs.
Target Group:
Warehouse personal in outbound and inbound areas of the warehouse
DFPS Support of Operations (BF: DFPS_OF_OS - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enhancements in logistics to fulfill commitments to defense customers and the DEIG user group
regarding support for operations: organizational flexibility, plant maintenance and materials
management in a deployed system landscape, line maintenance, and interchangeability.
Early Adopters:
Customers in the defense and security industries
Headline:
Streamline Business with Comprehensive Enhancements of the Defense Forces and Public Security
(DFPS) Component
Business Benefits:
Enhanced business processes across a deployed landscape
11.5.3.1 Organizational flexibility and system architecture
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Provides additional functionality in the area of organizational flexibility for faster setup of a deployed
system landscape and functionality to archive DFPS-specific objects
Pain Points:
The time needed to set up a deployed system takes too long
A defense customer is unable to archive DFPS-specific objectsBusiness Benefits:
Optimizes support of autarchy processes
Improves robustness and scalability of landscapes
165 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Improves the capability to set up a deployed system faster
Target Group:
SAP ERP customers in the defense industry
New customers needing support of a distributed SAP ERP landscape
11.5.3.2 Line maintenance enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Provides better functionality with a new maintenance board that synchronizes the structure of the
logbook and technical objects and supports distribution of logbook information
Pain Points:
Logbook and object structure (for example) for an aircraft were not synchronized, which caused
additional manual activities and possible errors
Business Benefits:
Better data consistency and transparency with respect to resources via the maintenance board.
Better support for deployed operations because of the distributed logbook.
Target Group:
SAP ERP customers in the defense industry and new customers who need support for flight
operations in a distributed system landscape
11.5.3.3 Maintenance enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Better support for maintenance activities in a deployed system landscape by supporting distribution
of the master parts list (MPL) across the landscape. Adjustments in data relocation and distribution.
Enhancements to get better system performance. Enhancements for change authorization of objects.
Pain Points:
No distribution of MPL across the landscape. Poor system performance in some cases.
Business Benefits:
Distribution of MPL
166 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Adjustments in relocation and distribution
Enhancements to modification rights for objects (change authorization)
Target Group:
Existing or new SAP ERP customers in the defense industry
11.5.3.4 Materials management enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Completing dynamic packing functionality, enhanced interchangeability support, and cross-system
relocation support
Pain Points:
Deficits in cross-system relocation functionality, incomplete dynamic packing functionality, and
missing I&S functionality
Business Benefits:
Complete, end-to-end dynamic packing capability
Cross-system relocation capability
Expanded interchangeability and substitution functionality in DFPS
Target Group:
SAP ERP customers in the defense industry
11.5.4 DFPS, Investigative Case Management (BF: DFPS_ICM_OF - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enables day-to-day public security and safety operations and major events by integrating
organizational information (based on defense forces and public safety - DFPS) and project planning
information (based on cProjects) with case management (based on SAP CRM).
Early Adopters:
- Police and law enforcement organizations running major crime investigations
- Public safety organizations and first responders running major events
Headline:
Integration of Capability-Based Organization Planning and Network Project Planning with Case
Management
167 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Business scenario: operation and resource management; business process: managing of major
incidents and events (like natural or man-made disasters); and business process: managing major
cases (like organized crime)
Resource management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
It links a DFPS force element with an SAP CRM case (the case ID is displayed on the
operation/exercise tab). It also allows users to search, display, and import existing DFPS force
elements and operations in SAP CRM as operation organizational structures (OOS).
Pain Points:
Investigating large and complex crimes requires a variety of resources and usually involves different
units. To respond quickly to occurring demand, different operations and scenarios have to be
preplanned.
Business Benefits:
SAP CRM now offers an option for integration with DFPS. With this feature, users can now preplan
operations and scenarios for large criminal investigations and include them easily during the process
of an investigation. You simply open the template and adapt it to the needs of your current
operation (operation name, operation description, start and end date, maximum headcount,
superior organization, operation task, operation category, and operation planner position).
Target Group:
On DFPS side: users planning operations (operation planners). On the SAP CRM side: users processing
criminal investigations (detectives).
SAP for Healthcare
11.6.1 SAP Patient Management: Country Version for France (BF:
ISH_CV_FR - EhP: 4)
Description:
SAP Patient Management enhanced with country-specific functionalities for France, covering the
entire process chain in a hospital, such as patient admission, medical activity documentation, DRG
processing, patient billing, and external communication
Early Adopters:
Healthcare providers in France that want to implement an integrated solution for patient
administration, DRG processing, and billing in French hospitals
168 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Headline:
Support Country-Specific Patient Administration, Billing, and DRG-Related Processes in an Integrated
Hospital Information System for France
Business Benefits:
The business function provides country-specific functionality for French healthcare providers that is
related to patient management, patient accounting, and electronic data interchange with external
stakeholders.
It provides the customer with an integrated medical-administrative hospital information system
compliant with French billing and external reporting rules covering both DRG reporting and the
dispatch of electronic invoices to statutory health insurance.
This approach allows the customer to enter case-related medical activity in real time and enables
creation of the case-related DRG and invoice immediately upon discharge of the patient.
Electronic reading of the French healthcare smartcard (Carte Vitale)
Vitale)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Electronic reading of Carte Vitale and saving card data in SAP software
Patient search using smartcard data
Use of smartcard data for creating new patient master record
- Manual entry of replacement certificates
- Automatic creation of insurance information for the case based on smartcard data or replacement
certificate data
Pain Points:
Incorrect or incomplete patient master records because of manual data entry
Insurance coverage certificate not available electronically
Business Benefits:
Reduced manual entry effort
Increased efficiency in admission process
Increased reliability of patient data
- Reduced duplicate patient records
169 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Patient admission staff
Patient registration, including France-specific information
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Coordinated care path
Insurance coverage information
Support for special coverage schemes such as the local health care scheme "Alsace-Moselle,"
universal medical coverage (CMU), and state medical aid (AME)
Reasons for exoneration from patient contribution
Pain Points:
Admission data is disconnected from billing system
Fixed assignment of contract scheme and insurance providers
Business Benefits:
Entry of billing-relevant information at admission
Exhaustive management of insurance providers and flexible assignment of contract scheme
Target Group:
Patient admission staff
11.6.1.3 France-specific service and diagnosis catalog maintenance
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:
Import programs for service catalogs (CCAM, UCD, LPP, GHS, and NABM)
Import program for diagnoses catalog (French ICD10 version)
Service master enhanced with service attributes specific to French service catalogs
Pain Points:
High maintenance effort for service master data due to frequent catalog updates
Business Benefits:
Automatic update of service catalogs. History of time-dependent service attributes
170 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
IT department and system administrator
11.6.1.4 DRG process support and reporting in acute hospital care area
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Support for PMSI MCO process
- Creation of standardized discharge message (RSS)
- Creation of standardized preparation summaries (RSP) for radiotherapy patients
- Workstation for director of medical information with interface to French grouper program
- Reporting of DRG-related data to regional health authority
Pain Points:
Disconnect between the PMSI system and the billing system
Business Benefits:
- Automatic creation of RSS file from patient and case data
- PMSI MCO grouping result used automatically for reporting or billing
Target Group:
Director of medical information
11.6.1.5 French billing rules
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Offers rules for calculating the patient contribution based on per diem fees
Offers rules for reimbursement by statutory health insurance
Allows flexible customizing of contract schemes related to statutory health insurance and
supplementary health insurance and special coverage schemes
Allows blocking the posting of receivables for specific invoices (invoices related to activity financed
by the hospital budget)
Allows simulation of payment distribution and manual adjustment capabilities
171 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Fixed billing rules not adaptable to changing legal requirements
Business Benefits:
Billing rules easily adaptable to changing legal requirements through Customizing settings and
customer enhancements (Business Add-Ins)
Contract schemes can be flexibly defined and individually adjusted on case-by-case basis
Manual override of payment distribution possible with invoice creation
System ready for direct billing of inpatient stays and outpatient visits (public hospitals)
Target Group:
Patient accountant
11.6.1.6 Communication with payers
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Electronic data interchange for electronic invoice addressed to statutory health insurance (B2
protocol)
Receipt of payment information from statutory health insurance (NOEMIE protocol)
Displays invoice and related payment information on case basis
Pain Points:
No visibility of EDI invoices (B2) and related payment information (NOEMIE)
Delay between patient discharge and billing and electronic invoice creation
Cash management issues
Business Benefits:
Billing rules easily adaptable to changing legal requirements through Customizing settings and
customer enhancements (Business Add-Ins)
Contract schemes can be flexibly defined and individually adjusted on a case-by-case basis
Manual override of payment distribution possible with invoice creation
System ready for direct billing of inpatient stays and outpatient visits (public hospitals)
Target Group:
Patient accountant
172 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.6.1.7 France-specific service rules and automatic service adjustments
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Automatic check and adjustment of services entered for the case:
- Automatic fee per diem creation or adjustment
- Automatic creation of daily hospital rate
- Automatic calculation of fixed patient contribution ( 18)
- DRG-related service rules
Pain Points:
Significant manual effort to enter billable services based on the case data
Significant manual case validation and completion effort prior to billing
Business Benefits:
Automatic generation and adjustment of billable service based on case data
Service entry and control is performed where the services are performed, allowing for billing at
discharge
Target Group:
Patient accountant
11.6.1.8 Direct patient billing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:
Physicians employed by the hospital have authorization to treat and bill the activity on their own
account. However, the physician chooses to have the hospital create the invoices on account of the
hospital first.
Creates a list of fee services performed in a given period and the fees billed. This list also allows the
calculation of the deduction and the amount to be transferred to the physician.
Transfers the doctors' fees collected from the hospital account to the physician's account, minus a
deduction.
Pain Points:
173 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Little support for billing of direct physician fees via the hospital
Business Benefits:
Hospital to offer direct patient billing option to physicians
Direct patient billing as integral part of hospital information system
Visibility of payment status related to billed physician fee
Target Group:
Patient accountant and financial accountant
11.6.1.9 Selling drugs from hospital pharmacy
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Special visit type for drug sale from pharmacy
Automatic creation of billable service based on case-related material consumption
Creation of electronic invoice file (B2)
Pain Points:
Invoices for drugs sold to the public not included in EDI procedure B2
Separate systems available for billing drugs sold to the public; not integrated with hospital
information system
Business Benefits:
Closed-loop process support for selling drugs from hospital pharmacy including patient registration,
material consumption, and billing
Billing of patient treatment and billing of drugs supported in a single system: no redundancy in
patient data
Target Group:
Pharmacist
11.6.2 i.s.h.med: Enhanced Documentation Processes (BF: ISHMED_EDP -
EhP: 4)
Description:
Continuous improvement of documentation processes for clinical partner system i.s.h.med
174 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Early Adopters:
All current i.s.h.med customers
Headline:
Continuous improvement of documentation processes
Business Benefits:
- Less application administration
- Less training effort
- Increased documentation performance
- Increased transparency of tasks and completion of tasks
- Increased individualization for roles and situation
- Improved data security
11.6.2.1 Surgery work station
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
The surgery work station is an application for patient- and process-oriented documentation of
surgeries in i.s.h.med. It provides situation-dependent task profiles for various documentation steps
in an operation process.
The surgery work station can therefore act as a surgeon's application for documenting diagnoses,
procedures, and the surgical report or as a nurse's application for documenting time stamps and the
surgery log.
A summary of the current surgery's documentation status and a patient viewer for accessing the
patient's electronic medical record (EMR) without interrupting the documentation process are both
integrated.
Pain Points:
Need for an integrated application for various situations and players in the surgery documentation
process, documentation overview, and completion of tasks. Access to patient's EMR while
documenting.
Business Benefits:
Universal workstation concept for i.s.h.med documentation workplaces:
- Less application administration
- Less training effort
175 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Increased documentation performance
- Improved transparency of tasks and completion of tasks
- Increased individualization for roles and situations
Target Group:
Clinical users:
- Surgeons, surgical nurses, and anesthesia personnel
- Surgery managers
- Other clinical users for information purposes
11.6.2.2 Radiology work station
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
The radiology work station is an application for supporting the radiological findings process in
i.s.h.med, including creation, validation, and presentation of radiological reports in i.s.h.med. It
provides configurable workloads, task management, interfaces to image viewers, report creation,
and in-place access to patient's previous findings.
Pain Points:
Need for an integrated application for the radiological findings process with workload, task
management, image viewer interface, and in-place lookup of previous findings
Business Benefits:
Implementation of the radiological findings process by use of a universal workstation concept in
i.s.h.med.
- Less application administration and training effort
- Efficient findings creation and validation
- Improved transparency of tasks and completion of tasks
Target Group:
Clinical users:
- Radiological physicians
176 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.6.2.3 Patient-centered inpatient work station
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The patient-centered inpatient work station is an application for managing clinical information and
documentation tasks for inpatients. It is configurable for various work scenarios like clinical
admission or doctor's round.
It provides:
- Situation-driven task profiles
- Patient's clinical summary as well as integrated presentation of the patient's clinical history
- Charting component for graphical, timeline-oriented presentation of patient's vital signs, lab values,
medication, treatment events, and documentation
- Presentation and creation of progress notes for documenting daily status and observations
- Creation of documentation like anamnesis, discharge reports, and so on
- Acquisition of planned treatment steps
Pain Points:
Need for an integrated application for various documentation situations in the inpatient treatment
process.
Business Benefits:
Moving toward a paperless documentation in inpatient treatment documentation.
Uniform look and feel for patient-centered process steps by use of the universal
i.s.h.med work station concept for patient-centered documentation.Target Group:
Clinical users:
- Doctors and nurses in inpatient areas
11.6.2.4 Implementation support
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
177 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Implementation support leverages easier application administration by creation of installation
packages holding organization unit- or document-specific customizing data and import of other SAP
systems.
Implementation support provides:
- Transfer of customizing data without changes
- Transfer of customizing data including assignment to other organizational units
Pain Points:
Need for:
- Controlled organizational unit or document transfer of customizing between SAP systems
- Simple multiplication of customizing settings within the organizational structure of an institution
Business Benefits:
Transparency and time savings in transferring and duplicating customizing related to clinical
organizational units
Target Group:
Application administrators
11.6.2.5 Application log
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Application log is an application for meeting the requirements of data security and privacy of clinical
patient data. It can record every access (display, change, and so on) to a patient's electronic medical
patient record in i.s.h.med. The logging messages are traceable for users with special authorization.
Pain Points:
Need for traceability of access to clinical patient data
Business Benefits:
Improved transparency of access to clinical patient date
Target Group:
Application administrators and persons responsible for data security and privacy
11.6.3 SAP Patient Management: Treatment Certificate (BF: ISH_TC - EhP:
4)
178 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
New treatment certificates for SAP Patient Management. This Business Function is only released for
country version Italy.
Early Adopters:
Users of SAP Patient Management in the ambulatory care environment, especially users of existing
treatment certificates
Headline:
New Treatment Certificates Provide Improved Usability
Business Benefits:
The main benefit is increased efficiency through a rearranged user interface, a meaningful workflow,
and intelligent points of accessibility. A field pre-filled with the given data and according to the
treatment certificate category and type is also implemented to avoid redundant data.
11.6.3.1 New treatment certificates
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
To improve the existing solution, a rearranged user interface, the removal of not required data fields,
the concentration of the most needed data fields, the investigation of a meaningful workflow, and
intelligent points of accessibility have been implemented.
A field pre-filled with the given data and according to the treatment certificate category and type is
also implemented to avoid redundant data.
Pain Points:
Some users found the solution inefficient, difficult to use, and difficult to access.
Some customers stated that most of the data fields are no longer of any interest and importance.
Business Benefits:
Increased efficiency
Target Group:
Users of SAP Ambulatory Care Management
11.6.4 SAP Patient Management: Legal Process Adoption (BF: ISH_MISC1 -
EhP: 4)
Description:
179 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Competitive requirements based on legal changes for SAP Patient Management, including service
enabling
Early Adopters:
All SAP Patient Management customers
Headline:
SAP Patient Management: Competitive Requirements Based on Legal Changes including Service
Enabling
Business Benefits:
Enhancements of SAP Patient Management regarding improved user interactions and broader
functionality in different areas like material requisition, coding, and billing processes.
Preassignments, additional checks, and further automatic creation of business data support user
productivity.
11.6.4.1 Enhancements of SAP Patient Management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Enhancements of SAP Patient Management regarding improved user interactions and broader
functionality in different areas like material requisition, coding, and billing processes.
Additional preassignments (example: birth data), consistency checks (example: material catalogs),
improved checks (example: similar patients), automatic generating features (example: absence
leaves), and further information (example: secondary view in clinical workstations) are major
enhancements of this business function.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality and incompleteness of business processes lead to expensive work-arounds on
the customer side.
Business Benefits:
Completeness of business processes and easier assignments of several objects to each other
increases end-user productivity.
Improved consistency checks, broader functionality, and better user interactions lead to increased
acceptance of SAP Patient Management for several user roles.
Preassignments, additional checks, and further automatic creation of business data support user
productivity.
Target Group:
180 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
All SAP Patient Management users
11.6.4.2 Enterprise services for SAP Patient Management
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
Two ES bundles will be delivered:
1. Patient administration and medical activities
2. Patient billing and invoicing.
The first bundle covers enterprise services intended to support patient identification and encounter
management processes within healthcare provider organizations. It essentially offers enterprise
services for the business objects patient and patient encounter.
The second covers enterprise services intended to support the processes of documentation of
medical activities, patient invoicing, and payment handling. It also supports the transfer of medical
activities from specialized clinical systems, devices, or departmental systems.
Pain Points:
Missing data integration between clinical system and administrative systems leads to additional
manual input and prevents the timely appearance of all relevant data in the various systems.
Currently, huge effort is needed to adapt the relevant business processes to new requirements.
Business Benefits:
Better integration with clinical systems and other hospital systems (lab systems, department, and so
on), especially in an IHE-compliant manner.
Integrate SAP functionality into the clinical UI the users are used to
Avoid manual input and user errors
Offers the possibility to adapt and configure business processes flexibly to customer needs
Target Group:
Clinical users accessing SAP Patient Management functionality. All SAP Patient Management users
exchanging messages with connected systems.
11.6.5 SAP Ambulatory Care Management: Legal Process Adoption (BF:
ISH_AMB_MISC1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Competitive requirements based on legal changes for SAP Ambulatory Care Management
181 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Early Adopters:
Customers who need support for their processes in ambulatory care units.
Headline:
Enhanced Functionality for SAP Ambulatory Care Management: Support for Renewable Documents
Business Benefits:
Users benefit from enhanced functionality and transparency that allows faster treatment and easier
documentation. General renewable document management enables the user to document the issue
of various forms that follow the initial document and renewed document logic.
11.6.5.1 Documentation work station: new documentation objects (enhanced)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
The outpatient documentation work station in SAP Ambulatory Care Management provides new
documentation objects: renewable documents and accident data.
Pain Points:
The view of patient treatment inside the documentation workstation was previously incomplete.
Business Benefits:
The new functionality allows customers to define tasks regarding renewable documents, and capture
accident data for use inside the documentation work station. This enhances transparency and
efficiency in daily work.
Target Group:
Users of the documentation workstation (SAP Ambulatory Care Management).
Renewable document management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Renewable document management enables users to issue initial and renewed documents in the
same place (example: work incapacity certificates).
Pain Points:
Previously, data frequently had to be re-entered when the documents were managed independently
Business Benefits:
182 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Enhanced transparency and efficiency
Target Group:
All users of SAP Ambulatory Care Management
11.6.6 SAP Patient Management BP/OM (BF: ISH_BP_OM - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enables SAP Patient Management to use the generic business partner for patients and IS-H business
partners and use generic organizational management for IS-H organizational units, structure, and
building units.
Early Adopters:
Customers who want to build integration scenarios for patients, and business partners spanning SAP
CRM and SAP Patient Management.
Customers who want to unify and enhance the front end for entering structural
data (organizational and building).Headline:
Bring SAP for Healthcare Back to Standard SAP ERP in Business Partner and Organizational
Management
Business Benefits:
It moves proprietary SAP for Healthcare objects and UI transactions into SAP ERP standard objects
and corresponding standard UI transactions. Customers no longer need to learn how to use multiple
UIs to maintain the same logical objects (patients, payers, partners, and organizational hierarchy).
It offers easier integration with other SAP products using the same standard SAP objects.
11.6.6.1 Healthcare BP and OM transition to standard SAP ERP objects and
structures
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
It moves proprietary SAP for Healthcare objects and UI transactions into SAP ERP standard objects
and the corresponding standard UIs.
Pain Points:
Using different UIs for the same logical objects (patients, payers, partners, and organizational
hierarchy).
Problems with integrations across SAP components.
Business Benefits:
183 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Standardized UI for the (logically) same business transactions
Target Group:
Hospital administrative employees
11.7 SAP for Higher Education & Research
11.7.1 SAP Student Lifecycle Management: Enterprise SOA-Enablement
(BF: ISHERCM_ESOA - EhP: 4)
Description:
Postprocessing framework and enterprise services for integration scenarios with financial aid systems
and learning management systems
Early Adopters:
Higher education customers who use SAP Student Lifecycle Management and wish to automate
academic processes that originate in the system further.
Headline:
Fully Automate Academic Follow-Up Processes in the System and Across Third-Party Applications
Business Benefits:
- Academic-related actions in SAP Student Lifecycle Management can be used to trigger automated
follow-up processes, thus minimizing the need for manual user intervention. - Academic processes
can then be managed with greater speed and accuracy than is possible via any kind of manual. batch,
or report-based processing. - Academic actions can also trigger real-time messages to third-party
applications, such as learning management systems and financial aid systems. - Third-party
applications will be able to access information in SAP Student Lifecycle Management via enterprise
services, reducing the cost and complexity of integrated processing.
11.7.1.1 Enterprise services for third-party integration
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
- Enterprise services provide standard interfaces for third-party learning management systems to be
notified about changes to course offerings and course registrations. - Enterprise services provide
standard interfaces for third-party applications, such as financial aid systems, to be notified about
changes to student and applicant status. - Enterprise services allow third-party applications to access
information about students, registrations, and academic offerings through standard Web services.
Pain Points:
184 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Without enterprise services, third-party system integration requires specific technical knowledge of
underlying business functions and data models
Business Benefits:
Academic processes that span multiple applications can be managed seamlessly with enterprise
services. - Implementation costs of integration scenarios are reduced.
Target Group:
Information technology users and application developers and integrators
Academic postprocessing framework
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
- Changes to a student's academic history and to academic offerings can trigger an event in the new
academic postprocessing framework. - Each event will carry a context that allows business rules
(defined in the business rules framework) to determine what, if any, automated follow-up actions
shall be performed. - Follow-up actions can be freely defined, including the ability to send messages
to external applications via SAP NetWeaver Process Integration).
Pain Points:
- Report-based follow-up processing requires manual user intervention, which introduces time delays
and human errors into follow-up processes. - Data exports to third-party applications required batch
processing.
Business Benefits:
- Follow-up actions for academic events can now be handled in an automated, real-time manner. -
Costly and error-prone manual processing can be eliminated in most cases.
Target Group:
Information technology users and application programmers
11.7.2 SAP Student Lifecycle Management: Implementation Accelerator
(BF: ISHERCM_EXT_IAP - EhP: 4)
Description:
Functional enhancements in several areas like academic offerings and academic processes that will
help customers decrease the implementation effort and provide some advanced features in standard
business processes
Early Adopters:
Any SAP Student Lifecycle Management customer
185 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Headline:
Implementation Accelerators for SAP Student Lifecycle Management
Business Benefits:
Implementation efforts are greatly reduced with features that are typically addressed via custom
development
11.7.2.1 Attendance tracking
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Instructors can track each student's attendance and tardiness for each class. - Excused and
unexcused absence reasons can be configured. - Pre-excused absences can be recorded for students.
- Absence data can be automatically considered during appraisal calculations.
Pain Points:
- Third-party products or custom development was necessary to support attendance tracking. - Lack
of attendance tracking in the system makes it difficult to manage attendance policies, which are also
needed for financial aid and athletics compliance.
Business Benefits:
- Instructors can easily track and view attendance data for students via a simple Web user interface,
eliminating the need to maintain attendance data separately via spreadsheets or paper entry, and
thus increasing the accuracy of information. - Automatic inclusion of attendance data in appraisals
ensures compliance with attendance policies.
Target Group:
Instructors for attendance entry; registrars for pre-excused absence entry
11.7.2.2 Stored performance indexes
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Performance index calculation results can be persistently stored, rather than always dynamically
calculated. - SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence extractors are delivered for flexible performance
index reporting. - Changes to stored performance indexes can trigger postprocessing framework
events.
Pain Points:
186 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Reporting against performance indexes can result in system performance issues with dynamic
calculation. - Without stored performance indices, SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence extractors
cannot be used for performance index data.
Business Benefits:
- Analytical reporting of performance indexes. - Automated follow-up processes for students who
pass into positive or negative alert thresholds can be managed, ensuring the accuracy of academic
processes.
Target Group:
Information technology users; registrar's office
11.7.2.3 New booking check framework
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Boolean combinations and set-based prerequisites and corequisites for module booking can be
easily defined. - Non-course-based prerequisites can be defined without the use of VSR rules. - New
framework is based on subrequirements (similar to audits).
Pain Points:
- Creation of complex prerequisite conditions previously required the use of the VSR framework,
which resulted in complex rule maintenance and performance problems. - VSR framework has a
hard limit that is eventually reached, where additional rules just cannot be compiled.
Business Benefits:
- Creation and maintenance of complex booking checks is greatly simplified, reducing overall
implementation cost and time.
Target Group:
Information technology users
11.7.2.4 Audit framework enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Audit rule containers can be automatically generated for the academic structure. - Audit
subequirements can be defined to disallow reuse of academic work. - Audit subrequirements can be
defined to use academic work in an incremental manner until the conditions are met. - Audit
subrequirements can be prioritized for an audit run.
187 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
- Audit run maintenance required major manual user intervention to manage reuse and prioritization
of academic work assignments to subrequirements.
Business Benefits:
- Audit runs can be largely automated with accurate results, reducing the time spent by academic
departments to adjust results manually.
Target Group:
Academic departments
11.7.2.5 Online grading user interface
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
An alternative to the current Java Web Dynpro application for appraisal self-service
Pain Points:
- Java Web Dynpro application offered limited configuration capabilities. - Corrections to Java Web
Dynpro could not be applied simply. -Source code for Java Web Dynpro could not be modified or
enhanced.
Business Benefits:
Customers will be able to easily adopt SAP-issued corrections and enhancements. - User interface is
easily configurable to meet customer needs.
Target Group:
Instructors
11.7.2.6 Event-offering business add-ins
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Business add-ins for event offerings allow default and suggested abbreviations and names of events
and event packages. - Business add-in allows customer-specific validation rules of event offering
data.
Pain Points:
188 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- It was difficult to enforce institutional rules for naming sections and events
Business Benefits:
- Time savings during creation of event offerings. - Compliance with institutional rules. - Alerts to
faculty workload exceptions.
Target Group:
Academic department users
11.7.2.7 Academic work UI enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Academic work user interface (UI) can now be accessed directly (with student search), rather than
requiring navigation via the student file. - Business add-ins are available for advanced validation of
the academic work data entered.
Pain Points:
- It is very time consuming for users to navigate through the student file to switch to a new student
for academic work maintenance. - Academic work entered was not always accurate due to user
oversight.
Business Benefits:
- Time savings and increased productivity. - Increased accuracy of academic work data for students.
Target Group:
Registrar's office user
11.7.2.8 Relaxable booking checks
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Booking capacity checks at the module level can be relaxed. - Booking checks during wait-list move-
up can be relaxed.
Pain Points:
- Performance of extraneous booking checks did not allow customers to execute wait-list move-up in
a timely manner
Business Benefits:
189 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Wait-list move-ups will execute more quickly, allowing for more frequent evaluation of move-ups
Target Group:
Registrar's office users
11.7.2.9 Simplified graduation record creation for students
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription:
- Graduation records for a student can now be created directly from the existing transaction:
graduation per student. Previously, it could be done only from graduation per program.
Pain Points:
- It was time-consuming for users to create graduation records for students.
Business Benefits:
- Productivity will be improved
Target Group:
Registrar's office users
11.7.2.10 Module-based correspondence
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Correspondence can be generated using a module or event as the context object, rather than
student
Pain Points:
- It was difficult to generate correspondence specific to all students in a particular module
Business Benefits:
- Module-specific correspondence, such as completion certificates, can be easily generated. - Official
communication correspondence regarding modules (such as cancellation) can be easily generated.
Target Group:
Academic department users
11.7.3 SLM Localization Topics for the Netherlands (BF:
ISHERCM_LOCNL_STUDYLINK_1 - EhP: 4)
190 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
SAP Student Lifecycle Management: localization enhancements for the Netherlands
Early Adopters:
Universities in Netherlands that use SAP Student Lifecycle Management and need country-specific
localization to integrate with Studielink
Headline:
Enables Management of Netherlands-Specific Master Data and Integration with Studielink
Business Benefits:
The system can communicate with Studielink by sending and receiving student master data and
study data. The system can process information from Studielink and map it to corresponding
processing in SAP Student Lifecycle Management.
11.7.3.1 Integration with Studielink
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Enables the system to integrate with Studielink via SAP NetWeaver XI. A Web service enables
Studielink to send information to SAP Student Lifecycle Management, which can also send
information about students to Studielink.
Pain Points:
There is no solution available to enable this integration at present. The manual process of updating ,
maintaining, and synchronizing this data with Studielink can now be automated in many scenarios.
Business Benefits:
Master data and study data for all students can be maintained automatically with integration with
Studielink.
Target Group:
Faculty and administration teams in universities
11.7.4 SAP Student Lifecycle Management: User Interface for Student (BF:
ISHERCM_UI_STUDENT - EhP: 4)
Description:
Student user interface role covering various self-services for students
191 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Early Adopters:
Customers using SAP Student Lifecycle Management who wish to allow students to perform course
registration and other self-services on the Web.
Headline:
Self-Service Academic Processes Can Increase Service Levels and Decrease Operating Costs
Business Benefits:
- Institutions can provide students with a wide variety of self-service applications for common
functions that would otherwise require manual processing by an administrative user. - Students'
expectations of availability of online services can be met or exceeded. - Comprehensive course
registration self-service minimizes the need for direct advisor or administrative user intervention,
allowing students to register for courses efficiently to complete their academic programs
successfully.
11.7.4.1 Course registration self-service
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:
- An out-of-the-box Web self-service application is provided (via Web Dynpro for ABAP) for student
course registration. - The application is highly configurable to meet individual requirements of
universities. - The Web self-service processing engine can be decoupled from back-end productive
system for increased security.
Pain Points:
- Previously, customers had to develop their own user interfaces for course registration. - Many
aspects of course registration still required administrative assistance.
Business Benefits:
- Implementation costs are greatly reduced with this self-service application. - Universities can offer
students the ability to preselect courses in a shopping cart even before their registration window
opens. - Students can simulate tuition calculation from their selected courses.
Target Group:
Students and advisors (who register students for courses)
11.7.4.2 Student portal role
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
192 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- A portal role is provided for students, assembling the previously released student self-service
applications and the new, Web-based course registration application. - Student self-service
functionality is decoupled from the back-end core system for increased security.
Pain Points:
- Customer development of portal content for self-service applications is costly. -There is a possible
security risk with student Web access to administrative systems.
Business Benefits:
-- Implementation costs are lowered by providing portal content for student services. - System
security is improved.
Target Group:
Students
11.8 SAP for Insurance
11.8.1 FSSR, Adaption for Internationalization (BF: INS_FSSR_I18N - EhP:
4)
Description:
Additional differentiation criteria: premium reserve fund reposting, migration follow-up posting,
master data administration, and ledger extensions
Early Adopters:
International FS-SR statutory reporting customers.
Headline:
Adaption for Internationalization
Business Benefits:
Allows customers to use more differentiation criteria for statutory reporting
11.8.1.1 Adoption for internationalization
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
193 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The new functionality supports additional differentiation criteria which are defined
in financial asset management (FAM) operational systemPain Points:
In earlier releases, the customer was restricted to using only one differentiation criterion, the
deposit. This restriction was valid only for company codes with an activated statutory reporting tool.
Business Benefits:
With the new functionality, the customer has more flexibility in using the differentiation criteria of
the operational system. The available differentiation criteria are deposit, portfolio, deposit group,
and a combination of them.
Target Group:
Account specialist and trustees
11.8.2 Insurance Claim Handling 2 (BF: INS_FSCM_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
A collection of minor and major improvements that might be useful to any customer: new archiving
engine, new mapping tool, repetitive payments, development requests, and so on
Early Adopters:
- All insurance carriers using SAP Claims Management for property and casualty or health insurance
- Self insurers
- Large enterprises acting as self insurers
Headline:
A collection of minor and major improvements that is useful to any insurance claims management
customer.
Business Benefits:
- Ensures a complete suite for end-to-end claims management
- Enhances claims processing transparency
- Accelerates integration with external systems based on enterprise services
11.8.2.1 Interface with policy management for home contents and life
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
194 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
Interface including a default mapping for FS-PM to make all relevant policy data available for the
policy snapshot in the claims management system (FS-CM) for the home contents and life lines of
business
Pain Points:
High implementation costs for integration of policy and claims systems
Business Benefits:
Reduced implementation time and costs for integration of policy systems
Target Group:
Insurance claim handler
11.8.2.2 New enterprise services: find claim and read claim in ES bundle claim
handling
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
Enterprise services are provided to search a claim and to read all details of a claim from an external
system
Pain Points:
To support participating claim parties like sales agents, brokers, or even call center agents, an insurer
needs to provide claim data outside of their claims management business departments
Business Benefits:
Reduce implementation costs of interfaces to external systems by use of enterprise services: provide
claims data easily and in a consistent way to claim participants or other external parties
Target Group:
Insurance claim handler, broker, sales agents, and so on
11.8.2.3 Claims archiving
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Archiving functionality for the objects claim, claim bundle, and service catalogues is provided
Pain Points:
195 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Large or long-term customer installations need to reduce the size of their databases to improve
performance
Business Benefits:
Less storage space needed; better performance resulting in shorter claim processing times
Target Group:
Insurance claim handler and insurance system administrator
11.8.2.4 Enhancements for service catalogs
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Service catalogs are extended by point values or business rules to calculate prices for services
flexibly. In addition to existing direct service catalog assignments, indirect service catalog assignment
via classifying attributes is possible.
Pain Points:
Only fixed price models for services have been supported
Business Benefits:
Point values or use of business rules enables customers to use more extended pricing models for
their services described in service catalogs
Target Group:
Insurance claim handler
11.8.2.5 Approval of repetitive payment
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
An approval process is now possible based on the repetitive payment record, instead of being forced
to approve each single payment, resulting of one repetitive payment record
Pain Points:
Authorization process is needed for repetitive payments to control the total amount of money that is
to be paid
Business Benefits:
196 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Improve expense controlling by approval of complete repetitive payments records in one step
instead of generating single payments individually
Target Group:
Insurance claim handler and insurance claim supervisor
11.8.2.6 Other new or extended functionality
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Changing participant directly by entering BP number
- Assigning text samples to settlement header of bulk subrogation
- Maintaining damaged object for auto
- Improved selection of injured persons
- Display of Performer's Office Telephone Number;
- Clauses on coverage level in the policy snapshot
Pain Points:
Slow claims-handling process
Business Benefits:
Streamlines claims-handling process for different lines of business
Target Group:
Insurance claim handler
11.8.2.7 New summary screen in claim and subclaim
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Provides a new summary screen on claim and subclaim level
Pain Points:
Standard claims management overview screens did not provide a sufficient claim or subclaim
overview
Business Benefits:
197 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- More streamlined claims handling
- Improved first look at an insurance claim
Target Group:
Insurance claim handler
11.8.2.8 Ubiquitous start of notes handling
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Start creating notes on a claim from everywhere within the claim
Pain Points:
Creation of claims notes is done many times a day and needs to be really quick. Several -clicks-away
navigation is inappropriate.
Business Benefits:
Improve claim processing speed by faster claim note creation
Target Group:
Insurance claim handler
11.8.2.9 Enhanced claim status upon claim closure
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Provide overview during claim closure attempt indicating all reasons preventing a claim closure
Pain Points:
Non optimal process of claim closure in system so far
Business Benefits:
More efficient claim closing process
Target Group:
Insurance claim handler
11.8.2.10 Inactive claims monitoring
198 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Identification of all claims that have been open and inactive for a certain period of time and
notification all claim handlers responsible for these claims by triggering a task
Pain Points:
Customers need to have the ability to be notified when claims have been inactive for certain period
so that a claim handler can proceed with certain activity on the claim if required.
Business Benefits:
Improve claim inventory aging KPIs by identification of aged claims
Target Group:
Insurance claim handler and insurance claim supervisor
11.8.2.11 Data extraction for claims financial reporting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
New data extraction for as-of-point-in-time analysis for financial key figures to be used as basis for
SAP NetWeaver BI 7.04 content
Pain Points:
- Data extractors need to be implemented in implementation projects causing high implementation
costs. Claim construction controlling was only partly possible due to missing as-of-point-in-time
analysis and missing consolidated financial key figures.
Business Benefits:
Out-of-the-box data basis for claims financial reporting available in SAP NetWeaver BI
Target Group:
Insurance claim supervisor, insurance controller, claim executive, actuary, and CFO
11.8.3 Credentialing (BF: EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_02 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Documentation enhancements
Early Adopters:
199 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Customers who use credentialingHeadline:
Change of User Interface
Business Benefits:
A change for the user interface from Web Dynpro for Java to Web Dynpro for ABAP. It also offers
enhanced documentation about credentialing so that customers can run credentialing more
efficiently.
11.8.3.1 Change of user interface
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The functionality remains unchanged. Enhanced documentation is also available.
Pain Points:
- Mix of Web Dynpro technologies in ICM environment and high infrastructure costs
- Insufficient documentation about credentialing
Business Benefits:
- Homogeneous Web Dynpro technology base and reduced TCO for implementation and
maintenance
- Avoidance of unnecessary effort to operate the credentialing system properly
Target Group:
Credential manager and system administrators
11.8.4 Insurance Auto Claim Best Practice (BF: INS_FSCM_AUTO - EhP: 4)
Description:
A streamlined application for the auto claims process with preconfigured customizing for faster
implementation
Early Adopters:
- All insurance carriers using SAP Claims Management for property and casualty in the auto insurance
line of business
Headline:
A Streamlined Application for the Auto Claims Process with Preconfigured Customizing for Faster
Implementation
Business Benefits:
200 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Implementation cost reduction for the auto line of business based on various solution
improvements and preconfigured customizing packages
11.8.4.1 Best-practice customizing for personal auto line of business (USA and
Germany)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Best-practice-based delivery customizing for personal auto line of business in the United States and
Germany
Pain Points:
- Long implementation cycles
Business Benefits:
- Reuse of standard customizing for production systems
- Reduced implementation time and cost
Target Group:
- Claims handler
- IT user
11.8.5 FSSR, Management of External Data (BF: INS_FSSR_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Management of external data and flexibility of industry key business processes
Early Adopters:
FS-SR statutory reporting customers
Headline:
Management of External Data and Flexibility of Industry Key Business Processes
Business Benefits:
Allows customers to integrate external data at the point of list generation. Allows more flexibility for
use of industry key business processes.
11.8.5.1 Management of external data
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
201 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
The functionality allows customers to integrate external data at the point of list generation.
Pain Points:
Customers had to enter data of external systems (non-SAP) at the point of generated reports in edit
mode manually. They then had to simulate the corresponding list. But the data they entered was not
persistent in the system.
Business Benefits:
The external data is uploaded and stored in the system. Customers can integrate external data at the
point of list generation automatically.
Target Group:
Accounting specialists and trustees
11.8.5.2 Flexibility of industry key business processes
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Flexibility of key industry business processes
Pain Points:
In earlier releases, the customer had to assign a predefined industry key at the level of the business
partner. No other industry keys were supported.
Business Benefits:
The new functionality allows customers to use all existing industry keys defined at the level of the
business partner in the statutory reporting module.
Target Group:
Account specialists and trustees
11.8.6 Insurance Collections and Disbursements 2 (BF: INS_FSCD_CI_2 -
EhP: 4)
Description:
Enable improvements in open-item managed accounting, payments, and other collections and
disbursements capabilities by providing additional functionality:
Customer-specific account determination
Enterprise SOA services
202 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Insurance-specific events
Enhanced business locks
Broker collections
Early Adopters:
All insurance carriers that are already using SAP Customer Billing for Insurance and SAP Insurance
Collections and Disbursements along with new insurance customers interested in the new
capabilities offered in enhancement package 4
Headline:
Streamline Insurance Contract Accounting with Enhancements from SAP
Business Benefits:
-Enables information for related solutions regarding exceptions within FS-CD
-Increases flexibility
-Provides content for SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence
-Allows integration with calculating systems and external solutions
-Lowers TCO
-Speeds up implementation projects
11.8.6.1 Client-dependent, customer-specific account determination
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
This functionality enables configuration of customer-specific account determination for each client.
For each client, a posting area can be specified for the general ledger (G/L) account determination of
the business partner item (receivables and payables) and a posting area for G/L account
determination of the G/L item (revenue and expenses). Up to eight features for account
determination can be selected. The posting areas must therefore be maintained accordingly.
Pain Points:
Weak capabilities to define control parameters for customer-specific account determination across
clients after an upgrade
Business Benefits:
Customers have now an option to configure customer-specific account determination for each client
Target Group:
203 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
All FS-CD customers
11.8.6.2 Shared reconciliation keys for broker report
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Multiple broker reports can post to the same reconciliation key. No exclusively reserved
reconciliation key is used for each broker report. When creating a broker report, the system does not
create a reconciliation key but determines a valid reconciliation key immediately after posting the
broker report. The system then searches for reconciliation keys that have already been created and
that are not being used. If none can be determined, the system creates a new reconciliation key. On
any given day, the system requires the same number of reconciliation keys for posting broker reports
as the maximum number of parallel processes that post broker reports.
Pain Points:
Only one broker report can post to a reconciliation key of this type at the same time
Business Benefits:
By having multiple broker reports posting to the same reconciliation key, greater summarization of
the total records is ensured
Target Group:
All FS-CD customers who use the broker functionality
11.8.6.3 Positioning on individual payment plan item
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
This functionality enables the positioning option for a payment plan item within table control for the
payment plan items. This approach makes it easier to find a specific item if an insurance object and
business partner relationship has five or more payment plan items.
Pain Points:
It has been difficult and time-consuming for insurance customers to find a specific payment plan item
if many items are assigned to a insurance object and business partner relationship
Business Benefits:
Faster and efficient way to select an item
Target Group:
204 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
All FS-CD customers
11.8.6.4 Flexible withholding tax in payment plan interface
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
With enhancement package 4, you can enter variable withholding tax supplements that belong to a
document by using the payment plan interface
Pain Points:
Insurance customers were facing difficulties in specifying variable withholding tax supplements for a
payment plan item and allocating them appropriately to the payment plan subitems
Business Benefits:
The variable withholding tax supplements can be specified for a payment plan item and they are
allocated appropriately to the payment plan subitem
Target Group:
All FS-CD customers
11.8.6.5 Check escheatment
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Escheatment is applicable only for the United States and consists of handing over abandoned or
unclaimed property to a government authority. In the case of insurance companies, that applies to
payments made to insurants, brokers, agents, and claimants when the issued check has not been
negotiated after a period of time. Regulations differ from state to state, but after a specified period,
the issued payments (most often a check or draft) are considered subject to escheatment and the
funds must be turned over to the state. The funds become property of the state by Federal law.
Pain Points:
It is defined by law that insurance companies must make reasonable efforts to contact the payee
(send a notification letter) in case their check has not been claimed and escheat the respective check
amount to the corresponding state
Business Benefits:
The legal requirement for escheatment will be fulfilled
205 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
FS-CD customers in the United States
11.8.6.6 Business lock supplement for payment plan items
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
New functionality for processing locks like clearing lock, payment lock, interest lock, and dunning lock
in the payment plan item. The processing locks can now be defined with a validity period.
Pain Points:
Previously, users could define processing locks only with a number of days. The number of days was
transferred to a validity period of the created documents (subledger side).That was insufficient for
customers of SAP Insurance Collections and Disbursements.
Business Benefits:
For each processing lock, a number of days or a validity period can be set. Furthermore, users can
define the processing locks with a validity period in the payment plan items.
Target Group:
All FS-CD customers
11.8.7 SAP Incentive and Commission Management (BF:
EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_02 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Usability
Enterprise service-oriented architecture (PIC)
New functionality and features
Early Adopters:
Customers interested in enhancing their existing scenarios with SAP Incentive and Commission
Management or in building composites based on newly delivered central services
Headline:
Reduce TCO when Enhancing Cross-System Scenarios for SAP Incentive and Commission
Management with Central Enterprise SOA Services
206 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
- Clear architecture for enhanced business scenarios
- Reduced TCO by using standardized services
- More benefits from additional functionality
- Improved standard integration features
11.8.7.1 User interface and usability
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The UI and functionality are consistent with the previous UI, but the technology has switched to Web
Dynpro for ABAP
Pain Points:
Mix of UI technologies causes higher costs for implementation and maintenance
Business Benefits:
Reduced TCO by focusing on one UI technology strategy
The UIs for the roles of compensation analyst and credential manger provide easy-to-use
functionality for the most common tasks and reports
Target Group:
Users working in the roles of compensation analyst and credential manager
11.8.7.2 Enhanced integration
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Improves standard integration scenarios for SAP Incentive and Commission Management integrated
for:
- Automotive industry
- Utility industry
- FI-CA component
Pain Points:
207 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Customers had to handle integration of the components mentioned above themselves, resulting in
higher implementation efforts
Business Benefits:
- Reduced implementation costs
- Stable, standard integration
- Standard integration maintained by SAP
Target Group:
Implementation projects and system administrators
11.8.7.3 Service bundle
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
Provides services to create, change, reverse, and find commission cases and commission documents
Pain Points:
Customers had to integrate legacy systems and SAP Incentive and Commission Management, which
resulted in significant implementation effort. Customer creation of of their own composites was
expensive.
Business Benefits:
Customers can now implement their own integration scenarios or composites more inexpensively
and much faster by using the provided services. A clear picture of the service landscape means lower
costs for implementation and maintenance.
Target Group:
Implementation projects and system administrators
11.8.7.4 Functional enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Lists open commission entitlements to update account reporting
- Supports the approval process and partial release of commission payments
Pain Points:
208 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Customers had to implement their own queries to determine accruals from SAP Incentive and
Commission Management
- Retention of commission payment was difficult to handle; granularity for partial payment was
insufficient
Business Benefits:
- Customers can now easily determine accruals from SAP Incentive and Commission Management
- Customers can efficiently handle fast approval of commission payments
Target Group:
Commission managers and accountants
Class/Level of Innovation:
/
11.8.8 Insurance Life Benefit Process (BF: INS_FSCM_LIFE - EhP: 4)
Description:
Implementation of claim handling for the new line of business: life insurance
Early Adopters:
- All insurance carriers using SAP Claims Management for life benefit processes
Headline:
Implementation of claim handling for the new line of business: life insurance
Business Benefits:
- Ensures complete end-to-end processing of life benefits
11.8.8.1 Support of general life benefit processes
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
FS-CM now supports handling life benefit processes
Pain Points:
Customers need to be able to handle insurance claims in various line of businesses. With this feature,
the new line of business life benefit is introduced and works in a streamlined manner with all other
lines of businesses already available in the past.
Business Benefits:
209 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Customers can now handle claims in the life insurance line of business using this feature
Target Group:
Claims handler handling life benefit claims
11.8.8.2 Waiting period management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
This feature lists all relevant waiting periods for a life benefit claim. It also takes waiting periods of
related life benefit claims into account. Waiting periods can influence the payment of life insurance
benefits.
Pain Points:
Customers need to be able to handle life benefit claims based on insurance products based on
incapacity to work coverage
Business Benefits:
Waiting periods can now be managed for life benefit claims using this feature
Target Group:
Claims handler handling life benefit claims
11.8.8.3 Standard and fund-based benefit distribution for single and repetitive
payments
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
This functionality enables claims handler to distribute benefits for fund-based and non-fund-based
insurance claim benefits
Pain Points:
Life benefits often need to be distributed to several third parties, like creditors or beneficiaries
Business Benefits:
Customers can now distribute life benefits
Target Group:
Claims handler handling life benefit claims
210 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.8.8.4 Annuity management
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
This functionality enables customers to handle annuities within their life benefit claims
Pain Points:
Customers need to pay out life benefits as annuities.
Business Benefits:
By using this feature customers can now pay out life benefits as annuities
Target Group:
Claims handler handling life benefit claims
11.9 SAP for Media
11.9.1 Media, Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable 2 (BF: MED_CA_2 -
EhP: 4)
Description:
Enhanced functionality in the area of contract accounting. Generic development also available for
SAP for Media customers.
Early Adopters:
Media companies with a large number of customers
Headline:
Customer-Facing Activities and Solid Financial Capabilities for Media Companies with Large Numbers
of Subscribers
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functions in contract accounting for media companies
11.9.1.1 Enhancements for installment plans
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
211 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Calculate interest at creation of an installment plan
Pain Points:
Automatic calculation of interest at creation of an installment plan was impossible
Business Benefits:
Usability and automation
Target Group:
Accountant
11.9.1.2 New mass activity for revenue distribution
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The new mass activity for revenue distribution permits automatic posting of distributions. Two
additional reports for analysis are offered.
Pain Points:
Missing automation in revenue distribution
Business Benefits:
Automation
Target Group:
Accountant
11.9.1.3 Business partner locks enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can set preconfigured end-dates for business locks. Authorization concept is used at creation of
business locks.
Pain Points:
Manual setting of end dates
Business Benefits:
Automation
212 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Accountant
11.9.1.4 New mass activity for credit card payments
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Automatically mass-process credit card payments
Pain Points:
Missing mass activity for credit card payments
Business Benefits:
Automation
Target Group:
Accountant
11.9.1.5 Group items for automatic clearing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
At automatic clearing, you can group selected items
Pain Points:
No group of items in automatic clearing
Business Benefits:
Usability
Target Group:
Accountant
11.9.1.6 New features for mass activities
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
In mass activities, you can predefine a preselection, use generic variants, and configure log classes
213 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Usability of mass activities
Business Benefits:
Usability and automation
Target Group:
Accountant
11.9.1.7 Use ledger groups for doubtful receivables
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
You can use ledger groups for doubtful receivables
Pain Points:
No ledger groups for doubtful receivables
Business Benefits:
Usability
Target Group:
Accountant
11.9.1.8 New archiving objects
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can archive revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents
Pain Points:
No archiving of revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents
Business Benefits:
TCO reduction
Target Group:
Accountant and system administrator
214 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.9.1.9 New extractors to SAP NetWeaver BI
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Payment and returns history can be extracted to SAP NetWeaver BI
Pain Points:
No extraction of payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI
Business Benefits:
Better analytics
Target Group:
Accountant
11.9.1.10 Service for legal dunning
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
You can use an enterprise service to communicate with external collection agencies and legal
dunning organizations
Pain Points:
No interface to legal dunning and external collection agencies
Business Benefits:
Standardized communication
Target Group:
Collector
11.9.1.11 Extended service for external cash desks
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Additional features of the enterprise service for external cash desks to be used in an internal scenario
215 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
No option to use the service in an internal scenario
Business Benefits:
Use the service internally
Target Group:
Cashier and collector
11.9.1.12 Define champion and challenger collection strategies
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The new feature allows definition of test series for champion and challenger collection strategies. For
a certain percentage of your champion collection strategies, you can define challenger strategies,
which are then assigned to master data groups.
Pain Points:
Companies are constantly looking for options to improve their collection activities
Business Benefits:
The new features allow testing the current collection strategies against alternative collection
approaches. If the challenger strategy is more successful, you can replace the current champion
strategy to improve collections.
Target Group:
Collector
11.9.1.13 Enhanced revenue distribution
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Consider distribution rates to distribute revenues, open items, and unassigned payments to final
recipients
Pain Points:
Revenue agencies have to distribute revenues to final recipients automatically
Business Benefits:
216 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The new features allow revenue agencies to automate the distribution of revenues
Target Group:
Revenue agencies
11.9.1.14 Manage correspondence in interaction center
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Configure correspondence types
Compose outbound correspondence
Provide document management service
Pain Points:
Depending on its collection procedures, a collection agency needs to maintain various
correspondence types
Business Benefits:
The new features allow collection agencies to set up new correspondence types for collection
purposes flexibly and then use them in the context of collections management
Target Group:
Collection agencies
Fund accounting integration
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
FM derivation and update: the reconciliation account is replaced in the FM derivation by the general
Ledger account that results from the account determination.
Grant-enabled FICA: the grant field can be used as an input field in posting FICA documents when
using transaction FPE1.
GM update: the order, cost center, and WBS element are made available in the GM update for the
receivable/payable line(s) coming from FICA.
Splitting of business partner lines: the user can enter one business partner line and more than one
general ledger lines. The system splits the business partner line into as many lines as general ledger
lines in the document.
217 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Reporting according to fund accounting regulations
Business Benefits:
Enhanced reporting capabilities
Target Group:
Accountants
11.9.2 Media, Subscription Management 2 (BF: MED_MSD_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enhanced and additional functionality in the area of subscription management
Early Adopters:
Newspaper publishers using subscription management, with a focus on U.S. publishers.
Headline:
Enhanced Functionality for Subscriptions Management (North American Extension)
Business Benefits:
You can use this business function to process both subscription sales and distribution and single copy
sales of newspapers and magazines. Functions are available for the business partner and payment
processing; for controlling renewal subscriptions, home delivery, and complaint processing; for
circulation auditing (ABC), and for carriers in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media. New
functions are also available in the customer interaction center (CIC) and for importing and changing
bulk data.
11.9.2.1 Automatic contract account creation
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to have the system create a contract account automatically when you
create a new business partner or a new role for an existing business partner. The system uses a
contract account template.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
218 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.2 Generation of multiple renewal offers
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to generate several alternative offer items for an order based on flexibly
definable offer alternatives. The offer alternatives can be determined by a variety of access
sequences, which you can define as you wish.
The system generates the alternative offer items automatically during the monitoring run. You can
select an offer alternative for a renewal offer in advance in the CIC. The system then uses this offer
alternative during the monitoring run.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.3 Enhanced monitoring procedure determination for renewal
subscriptions
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function in the same way as the condition technique to determine the monitoring
procedure using flexible predefined look-ups. New key fields are available for each look-up.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
219 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.9.2.4 Suspension of monitoring steps
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to ensure that customers with suspended renewal subscriptions are not
sent reminder letters triggered by the monitoring function during their absence.
If the suspension extends into the tolerance period, the system skips the monitoring step that is
scheduled to take place during the original tolerance period and postpones it by the number of
suspension days in the tolerance period.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.5 Generation of bonus days and up-give items
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use these functions to increase circulation of your daily newspaper actively. The function for
generating bonus days allows you to supply customers of a daily newspaper who do not have a full
subscription with free copies on days on which they do not normally receive the newspaper. As part
of a sales promotion, you can generate up-give items for partial subscriptions so that the orders
switch to full subscriptions with daily delivery for a certain period. The promotion has no affect on
the expiration date.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
220 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Sales agent
11.9.2.6 CIC scripting for bad payers
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to indicate bad payers so that the agent in the CIC can identify them
immediately from the scripting in the navigation area.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Better usability
Target Group:
Sales agent
Automatic unlocking of subscription credits
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
When a customer terminates a renewal subscription, open credits resulting from a suspension or
complaint can be reimbursed automatically. The monitoring procedure automatically removes the
payment lock on the contract account and the system refunds the credit with the next payment run
after the subscription has been terminated. The system does not unlock other active credit items
that do not result from this renewal subscription.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.8 Fast entry of incoming payments for renewal subscriptions
Class/Level of Innovation:
221 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use these functions to enter incoming payments for credit card or check payments in the CIC
using short-dialog function keys.
A separate function is available for entering lockbox payments that could not be processed
automatically. You can determine the correct assignment from the order number, as well as by
entering the assignment number directly.
You can also enter payment amounts as tips and donations. You can change these as you wish before
updating the payment amounts.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Better usability
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.9 Dispatching
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
You can use this function to process and monitor customer complaints or complaints regarding
shipping orders based on workflows, which you can enhance according to your requirements.
Subsequent deliveries are processed using workflows, which are triggered automatically and which
control communication with the service runner.
Monitoring takes place using the dispatching cockpit, which provides an overview of all complaints
for the current date, classified by publication, home delivery district, and carrier route. You can
refresh the display at any time.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
222 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.9.2.10 Postponed delivery
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this new function to hold issues during a vacation suspension for a customer whose
subscription is supplied by home delivery, and then deliver the issues on the customer's return. The
process is controlled by a carrier change notification, which is triggered at the start of a suspension
and instructs the carrier to hold the issues. After the suspension is over, the carrier receives a
message indicating that it is time to deliver the issues that have been held.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.11 Automatic creation of shipping problem messages
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Thresholds defined in the system can be used to control whether a shipping problem message is
created automatically for each carrier route. This function takes account of customer complaints and
complaints for shipping orders. When the threshold is crossed, the agents at the customer service
center automatically receive notification when they enter the next complaint so that they can react
accordingly.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.12 Complaint charge for carriers
223 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to charge the carrier for customer complaints relating to a specific carrier
route and received during the billing period. You can cumulate the complaints by weekday and
weight them according to complaint reasons.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.13 Mass processing functions
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The bulk order data import function creates the following data from external files in SAP software:
- New business partners and orders based on an offer or a campaign
- Suspensions
- Terminations
You can use the mass change of customer data function to change the customer group, the price
group, and the customer procedure for monitoring in the business partner sales area data.
You can use the mass credit memo creation for complaints function to generate credit memos based
on complaints, either for specific orders or for all orders in a selected carrier route, truck route, or
geographical unit. In the case of renewal subscriptions, the credit memo can also be posted to the
liability account.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
224 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.14 ABC reporting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The following enhanced report functions are available for creating ABC reports:
- You can identify discount subscriptions according to the following new characteristics:
- Price group
- Customer group
- Sales promotion
- Gift
- Billing frequency
- Service type
- Postal code
- You can use the nth factor function to select each nth subscription randomly, based on a key date
and a specified factor n. You can further restrict selection of the relevant subscriptions according to
the following criteria:- Sales area
- Publication
- Delivery type
- Sales document type
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.15 Entering payments from head offices for stores
Class/Level of Innovation:
225 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
This function in contract accounts receivable and payable allows you to use payment lots to enter
and assign payments made by a head office for its stores for billing documents from SAP Product
Sales and Distribution for Media. Before you can use the function, you must specify the head office in
the business partner master data for the stores.
Pain Points:
Missing functions
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functions
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.16 Returns charge for carriers
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
If you perform shipping by home delivery in the shipping interface in periodical sales and distribution,
you can use this function in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media to generate debit memo
requests for the carrier in addition to the credit memo requests that are generated for the retailer
when releasing returns.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.2.17 Changing carriers in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
226 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
If you perform shipping by home delivery in the shipping interface in periodical sales and distribution,
you can use this function in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media to change the carrier
automatically in all relevant contracts. This approach is based on a scenario whereby the carrier also
works as a reseller and supplies retailers on the carrier route.
A change of carrier can be necessary in the following cases:
- Carrier hands in his notice
- Carrier route is restructured
- Carrier needs to be replaced, perhaps temporarily, due to illness
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.3 Media, Press Distribution 2 (BF: MED_PDEX_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enhanced and additional functionality for supporting end-to-end processes in the
areas of circulation management and press distribution.Early Adopters:
Press distributors and publishers
Headline:
Enhanced Functionality for Press Distribution
Business Benefits:
You can use this business function to plan and process sales and distribution of media products (such
as newspapers, magazines, books, CDs, DVDs, or promotional articles) reliably. New and enhanced
functions are available for newspaper and magazine publishers and press distribution (wholesale).
11.9.3.1 Extend distribution list
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
227 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
You can use the new functions to extend or restrict the number of points of sale that are to be
supplied for a media issue. You use these functions to extend the list of customers to be supplied if
the circulation figures or delivery quantity is unexpectedly high.
If you use SAP for Retail, you can use assortments to specify which points of sale are allowed for a
title.
You can start or end supply immediately on the customer's request in customer service.
The system displays the potential distribution options for a media issue in the planning process in
sales quantity planning. You can extend or restrict the customer distribution list directly.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.3.2 Event-based sales quantity planning
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Use of events has been enhanced and integrated in sales quantity planning. You classify an event
according to a variety of configurable criteria. You define the effect of each event on the sales
quantities. If the event then occurs, you apply the influencing criteria in sales quantity planning to a
media issue. That gives you a clear overview of the planned sales quantities and planned quantity
changes based on events. At the end of the life cycle of a media issue, you check the event used and,
if necessary, define unexpected events to correct the sales quantities. You can search for similar
events and use your influencing criteria for future issues in sales quantity planning.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.3.3 Configurable display of stock key figures
228 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to group fields from stock and display them in the applications in press
distribution. The system displays the stock data that is relevant to the process step in question. You
can take the configured stock key figures into account, for example in purchase quantity planning, in
customer service, or when processing goods receipts or publisher returns.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.3.4 Recalls for customer groups
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can calculate separate recall dates and take them into account for predefined customer groups
(example: retail chains) when processing recalls of unsold copies
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.3.5 Planning issues due for shipping
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
229 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The new and enhanced functions give you an overview of the media issues that are due for shipping
and an option to release shipping for each media issue or supply cycle. If you plan media issues for
shipping after goods receipt, the system displays current stocks and weights, as well as the planned
delivery quantities. If there are differences in the figures, you can move parts of the delivery
quantities to other supply cycles. Complete planning by releasing the media issues for outbound
delivery or transferring an outbound delivery cycle to transportation planning.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.3.6 Transportation planning
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You use the transportation planning functions to specify which truck routes are served from a plant
and which vehicles are used. You can display the number of customers, media issues, and the weight
for each truck route during planning. The planning overview also contains details such as excess
weight and the assigned customers and issues for a truck route. If bottlenecks arise, you can use the
processing functions to move the customers from one truck route to another.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.3.7 Customer return check
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
230 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
You can use a return check procedure to define various checks for returns received from customers
in customizing. That means you can correct and release processing of locked customer returns
without having to postedit them manually.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.3.8 Role-specific process check
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to configure the media issue work list for various user roles. When doing so,
you can use specific views (for example, for plants, sales areas, or media issue basic data) according
to your requirements.
You can define the processing steps in media issue processing for specific roles. You can check key
figures across several process steps. When checking the processing status, you can change the
master data of the media issue and navigate to the required process steps.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.3.9 Media issue archiving
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to archive media issues. Archived media issues remain in the issue
sequence and are assigned the status of archived
231 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Missing functionality
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4 Media, Advertising Management 2 (BF: MED_MAM_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enhanced functionality in advertising management to increase usability of the solution and user
satisfaction.
Additional functionality to support increased integration of revenue recognition and cost accounting.
Early Adopters:
Existing newspaper and magazine customers, with a special focus on customers in EMEA and APJ,
who use advertising management and strive to increase the usability of the solution
New customers in the newspaper and magazine segment who leverage enhancements to lower
implementation effort and duration
All customers who use revenue recognition functionality and want to use this functionality in
conjunction with profit center postings
Headline:
Enhanced and Additional Functionality for Advertising Management
Business Benefits:
You can use this business function to apply differentiated revenue account assignment to cost
accounting objects for combined booking units. A significant number of functions that make
advertising management more user-friendly are also available: booking of advertising sales zones,
mass charge-off of receivables, conversion of units of measurement, credit card authorization, order
deadline checks, booking of online orders, pricing, entry of sort words, contract determination, sales
agent assignment, order blocking, editing of manual condition types, and assignment of cost
accounting objects.
11.9.4.1 Maintain business partner texts
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
232 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
You can use this function to add texts to the business partner master data and then log notes and
comments. A user can be assigned read-only or write authorization here. A change history is also
available.
Pain Points:
Difficult to maintain additional information about the business partner (BP). Missing info about the
BP can cause errors.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality
Target Group:
Sales agent and financial manager
11.9.4.2 Use default values to generate the credit master data record for media
customers
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use default values to generate the credit master data record for media customers
Pain Points:
Missing functionality inhibits better control of the sales process and can lead to losses.
Business Benefits:
Additional functionality provides increased transparency of the sales process to prevent losses.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.3 Sales agent assignment using the new requirement types
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Sales agent assignment using the new requirement types design type and item category
Pain Points:
Limited flexibility in assigning agents to orders. Customer implementation increases TCO.
Business Benefits:
233 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Higher flexibility in configuration to assign agent contracts to orders. Lowering TCO by avoiding
customer-specific enhancements.
Target Group:
Sales administrator
11.9.4.4 Reassign sales agent contracts
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to divide requirements or requirement elements or both and copy them
into other sales agent contracts.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality for mass transactions. High repeatable effort in maintaining master data.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality decreases costs for maintaining master data.
Target Group:
Sales administrator
11.9.4.5 Order block for advertisers and agencies
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to prevent creation of orders for defined agency and advertiser
combinations. You can continue to create orders that this agency places for other advertisers or this
advertiser issues using a different agency.
Pain Points:
Missing control of sales process.
Business Benefits:
Additional and more specific control of sales processes
Target Group:
Sales agent and sales administrator
11.9.4.6 Enhance agency orders
234 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to transfer the business partner number for the advertiser for an agency to
the store account number field in the accounting document segment (table BSEG) and therefore use
standard reports and functions to select open items for a specific advertiser for an agency or an
agency for specific advertisers.
Pain Points:
Inadequate view of the advertiser-agency relationship in the end-to-end process. Less control of
sales process.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality provides a better view and control of the advertiser-agency relationship level
Target Group:
Sales manager and financial manager
11.9.4.7 Search helps for an advertiser and an agency when maintaining
contracts
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Search helps for an advertiser for an agency and an agency for an advertiser when creating and
changing contracts.
Pain Points:
Inefficient usability to maintain data causes additional efforts.
Business Benefits:
Decreasing costs by improved usability.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.8 Assign several condition types to a billing dataset
Class/Level of Innovation:
235 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Assign several condition types to a billing dataset that can come from several different scale-base
contracts.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality for specific business models causes increased TCO due to customer-specific
enhancements.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality lowers TCO.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.9 Assign cost center and profit center to booking units
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Assign cost center and profit center to booking units
Pain Points:
Missing transparency and control of business processes.
Business Benefits:
Enhancing transparency and control of business processes.
Target Group:
Sales administrator, sales manager, and controller
11.9.4.10 Automated mass charge-off of open items from FI-AR
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Automated mass charge-off of open items (smallest amounts and unrecoverable receivables) from
accounts receivable accounting (FI-AR)
Pain Points:
236 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Insufficient support for mass transactions causes additional effort
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality for mass transaction reduces costs in maintaining data
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.11 Bundling of credit card authorization and delta authorization
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use these functions to bundle billing datasets for authorization of credit cards, and if a
change is made to the order, you can restrict the authorization of credit cards to the difference
amount (delta authorization).
Pain Points:
Insufficient usability causes additional efforts in maintaining sales data. Additional costs for a third
party caused by incoherent authorization processes.
Business Benefits:
Lower costs for maintaining data and third-party authorization costs
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.12 Change the technical content component for unpublished schedule
lines
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Change the technical content component for unpublished schedule lines even if a schedule line for
the item has already been published.
Pain Points:
Little flexibility in sales process.
Business Benefits:
237 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Additional flexibility in sales process increases customer satisfaction.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.13 Change advertiser industry sector manually
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can change the industry sector defined on the advertiser screen. In items that have several
advertisers, you can assign advertisers to different industry sectors. You can also use the industry
sector for price calculation, reporting, sales agent determination, and contract determination.
Pain Points:
Little flexibility in maintaining orders decreases transparency and control of the sales process
Business Benefits:
Enhanced flexibility increases transparency and control of the sales process
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.14 Extended order processing in the customer interaction center (CIC)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can cancel ad items, select a predefined ad size rather than entering the ad size, and display the
ad content in the technical editor used to design classified ads (IS-M/AMC) using a hotspot.
Pain Points:
Insufficient usability is source of errors
Business Benefits:
Better usability decreases errors and increases customer satisfaction
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.15 Contract determination using specific attributes
238 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The element in a contract requirement means that a contract assignment to a billing dataset in an ad
order is created only if the following attributes match, the minimum size of the ad is reached, and
the maximum size of the ad is not exceeded:
- Customer price group
- Booking unit price group
- Issue variant type
- Positioning
- Industry sector
Pain Points:
Specific business models can be implemented by custom specific enhancements only, which
increases TCO.
Business Benefits:
Lowering TCO by enhanced functionality.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.16 Copy manual condition types
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can copy all manual condition types, including those that were inserted on the condition screen
directly and those that result from discounts and surcharges. Pricing is not repeated when the
condition types are copied.
Pain Points:
Insufficient usability is source of errors and creates additional effort to maintain data.
Business Benefits:
Better usability lowers costs and reduces errors. Increases customer satisfaction.
239 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.17 Display public holiday information in the ad schedule line and in
pricing.
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Display public holiday information in the ad schedule line and in pricing.
Pain Points:
Specific business models can be implemented by custom specific enhancements only, which
increases TCO.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality lowers TCO.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.18 Transfer selected intermediate documents (IDocs) to partners using
filters
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Transfer selected intermediate documents (IDocs) to partners using filters.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality causes increased TCO.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality lowers TCO.
Target Group:
Sales administrator and system engineer
11.9.4.19 Check of ad dimensions during order processing
Class/Level of Innovation:
240 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
During order processing, you can check to see if the ad dimensions correspond to the defined rules
(minimum and maximum rules).
Pain Points:
Little control of the sales process causes losses and decreased customer satisfaction due to errors.
Business Benefits:
Better usability allows better control of the sales process.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.20 Increase the maximum number of contract in a client
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Since you can now use alphanumeric contract numbers along with to purely numeric contract
numbers, the number of contracts in each client is no longer restricted to one million in each client.
Pain Points:
Little flexibility in the sales process. The media sector uses business models in which it is not possible
to decide whether a discount is to be granted for the sales volumes achieved until the end of the
calendar month. The use of contracts previously supported these business models, but did not avoid
the restriction in the actual system
implementation that you could only create a million contracts for each client.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality allows higher flexibility to map specific business models.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.21 Publication calendar for online items
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
241 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
You can use this function to book individual or consecutive publication dates for specific online items.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality prevents mapping specific sales requirements efficiently.
Business Benefits:
Additional pricing and placement models are supported by enhanced functionality.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.22 Specify a time slice for online items
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Specify a time slice for online items that defines the publication start and end of the banner.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality prevents mapping specific business models.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality allows users to implement new business models in online ad sales.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.23 Online up-selling
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to make the indicator for the Web publication modifiable in the order and
pricing.
Pain Points:
Missing flexibility for existing sales and business models requires manual work and additional effort.
Business Benefits:
242 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Better usability provides increased flexibility and avoids errors in the sales process, which increases
customer satisfaction
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.24 Remote check blocking advertising management orders
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
RFC-enabled function module ISM_ORDER_ENQUEUE_CHECK to check the blocking of advertising
management orders.
Pain Points:
Missing technical capabilities increase TCO.
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality lowers TCO and reduces errors in production process, which prevents further
effort.
Target Group:
Sales agent and production manager
11.9.4.25 New fields for order pricing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
New fields for order pricing
Pain Points:
Increased need for flexible pricing cannot be supported efficiently and increases TCO.
Business Benefits:
Higher flexibility to map specific pricing models. New functionality lowers TCO.
Target Group:
Sales agent and sales manager
243 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.9.4.26 Optimize performance for creating or changing media-specific
business objects
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Optimized performance for creating or changing media-specific business objects
Pain Points:
Poor performance prevents users from implementing complex business models, especially in digital
ad sales
Business Benefits:
Improved performance allows users to implement complex business models.
Target Group:
Sales agent and sales manager
11.9.4.27 Define default advertiser price groups from the payer or advertiser
master data
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Define default advertiser price groups from the payer or advertiser master data
Pain Points:
Limited usability, flexibility, and automation in pricing prevents to implement more sophisticated
pricing models.
Business Benefits:
Better usability and higher flexibility allows users to achieve coherent pricing and increase customer
satisfaction with simultaneous increases in sales control
Target Group:
Sales agent and sales manager
11.9.4.28 Extended series pricing rule
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
244 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
Extended series pricing rule for defining the number of weekdays required in the series.
Pain Points:
Specific business and pricing models can be implemented only by custom and specific enhancements,
which increases TCO
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality lowers TCO by providing the capability to map specific pricing models with
standard means. New pricing models can attract additional customers and increase revenues.
Target Group:
Sales agent and sales manager
11.9.4.29 Check the ad content after the booking unit or content component is
changed
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function when a manual change is made to trigger a new check of the ad content
(style and design options according to the booking unit and content component)
Pain Points:
Missing functionality causes errors, which can damage the public image of the publisher and legal
problems
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality prevents errors and avoids potential legal trials
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.30 Rounding the actual height
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
245 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
This function provides rounding rules that you can use according to the combination of booking unit,
business content component, design ad type, and unit of measurement to define the values to be
rounded up or down
Pain Points:
Missing usability in pricing means a lack of transparency for customers
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality increases transparency for advertisers and agencies and simplifies internal
control. Customer satisfaction increases.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.31 Creation of weekday-dependent zones
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to assign ad orders for defined ad sales zones to the publication dates on
available weekdays.
Pain Points:
Inefficient usability causes errors and increases effort
Business Benefits:
Better usability accelerates sales processes and decreases costs. Errors can be avoided, which
increases customer satisfaction.
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.32 Enhancements to sort word generation
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to generate sort words using predefined rules that you implement using
function modules or transfer to downstream technical systems (such as pagination).
Pain Points:
Manual work causes unnecessary effort
246 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality automates the sales process and decreases costs and errors
Target Group:
Sales agent
11.9.4.33 Divide the ad size between several advertisers
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Divide the ad size between several advertisers as a percentage or an absolute value in the price-
relevant unit of measurement.
Pain Points:
Less flexibility to map business models efficiently
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality provides increased flexibility to control specific business models better
Target Group:
Sales agent and sales manager
11.9.4.34 Convert units of measurement for ad sizes
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
This function provides conversion rules that you can use according to the combination of booking
unit, business content component, design ad type, and target unit of measurement involved to
define how to perform conversion to the target unit of measurement
Pain Points:
Limited ability to compare the sales of different products decreases transparency in the business
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality provides additional transparency for customers and better control of the
business
Target Group:
Sales agent and sales manager
247 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.9.4.35 Enhancement for checking the order deadline
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
This function provides different offsets for creating, changing, and canceling an order for which you
can define access sequences in customizing. The order deadline is displayed as an offset in days to
the publication date and as a time.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality for specific control of the sales and production process. Little flexibility in
deadline management.
Business Benefits:
Additional control of the sales and production process reduces errors and provides more flexibility.
Deadlines can be optimized, which can lead to increased revenue.
Target Group:
Sales agent and sales manager
11.9.4.36 Differentiated revenue and accruals account assignment
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use this function to post accrual amounts for different cost accounting objects to basic
booking units even if only one specific account is involved.
Pain Points:
Missing functionality for supporting end-to-end processes causes additional manual effort
Business Benefits:
Enhanced functionality for supporting commercial end-to-end processes reduces errors and supports
compliance
Target Group:
Financial manager, controller, and sales manager
11.10 SAP for Mill Products
11.10.1 Mill Functionalities for Mining (BF: /SAPMP/GEN_MILLFUNC -
EhP: 4)
248 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
Selected mill functionalities are made available for selected SAP for Mining customers (combined mill
and mining companies, primarily in China and Russia)
Early Adopters:
- Customers who are running mining and mill operations and want to have only one system
- Focus customers are mainly companies that are running primary metals operations (steel and
aluminum) along with their mining business
Headline:
Reduce TCO by Providing Mining Customers with Mill Functionalities in the Same System: Make a
Second Installation Unnecessary
Business Benefits:
- Elimination of the need to run two separate systems for the mill and mining businesses
- Enablement of seamless integration of SAP ERP, SAP APO, and an external optimizer for trim orders
- Increased user productivity by entering characteristics on one main screen in sales orders
- Reduced number of material numbers by enabling configurable material variants
11.10.1.1 Fast data entry of variant configuration in production order
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Allows users to enter, change, and display variant configuration for multiple production order items
in an item overview screen
Pain Points:
- Complex user interaction to switch to configuration screen per item
- No single screen overview of variant configuration across multiple items
Business Benefits:
- Improved usability and a better overview when working with production orders with multiple
configured items
Target Group:
Production planner, production supervisor, and MRP Controller working SAP ERP production orders
11.10.1.2 Fast data entry of variant configuration in SAP ERP sales order
249 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Fast data entry significantly improves handling of variant configuration across multiple document
items.
- Fast data entry allows users to enter 10 characteristics from variant configuration in the item
overview screen of the SAP ERP sales document.
- Characteristics can be grouped in customizing into characteristic displays that can be selected in the
SAP ERP sales document.
- Fast data entry allows users to define global and local document items. Changes of configuration in
global items can be directly inherited to all related local items.
Pain Points:
- Complicated user interaction when the user has to configure multiple sales document items; user
needs to switch from overview screen to configuration screen for each item.
- No overview in one screen on the variant configuration of multiple items.
Business Benefits:
- Faster and simplified entry of configured sales document items
- Overview in one screen and inheritance across items to avoid typos and errors
Target Group:
Sales representative working with SD transactions in SAP ERP
11.10.1.3 Multi-item production order and trim optimization interface (TOI)
order
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Allows production orders with multiple production order items
- Flexible quantity calculation from production order items (coproducts) to production order header
- Enable SAP ERP to receive SAP APO production orders created through the SAP APO trim
optimization interface
Pain Points:
-Limited capabilities of SAP ERP production orders when working with multiple item orders and
massive coproduction (example: steel industry)
250 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
- Reduced scrap and setup times by connecting an external trim optimizer to SAP APO
- Improved flexibility for industries with coproduction
Target Group:
Production planner, MRP controller, and production supervisor working with SAP ERP production
orders
11.10.1.4 Make-to-stock production with configurable products
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Ability to create production orders for configurable products (KMAT) and configurable variants in a
make-to-stock scenario.
- Ability to create and change variant configuration of such production orders.
Pain Points:
- Make-to-stock production is possible only for fully configured variants. In certain industries, the
amount of possible characteristics combinations does not allow users to define a fully configured
variant for each combination.
- Production of configurable products is possible only in make-to-order.
Business Benefits:
- Reduced amount of material master data
- Increased flexibility to reassign stocks to specific customer demands
- Enablement of postponement strategies and late order decoupling point (handover from MTS to
MTO as late as possible)
Target Group:
Production planners, MRP controllers, and production supervisors working with SAP ERP production
orders
11.10.2 Configurable MTS with Individual Batch Valuation (BF:
/SAPMP/PP_CMTSBVAL - EhP: 4)
Description:
Configurable make-to-stock (MTS) with individual batch valuation.
251 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Core SAP software enables individual batch valuation only in a make-to-order (MTO) scenario, but
mill companies also require this capability in an MTS scenario.
Early Adopters:
Customer in the mill products industry with a high number of characteristic combinations who needs
to work with configurable products in a make-to-stock scenario but also needs precise material
valuation and profitability reporting
Headline:
Precise Material Valuation and Profitability Reporting in a Make-To-Stock Scenario with Configurable
Products Through Individual Batch Valuation
Business Benefits:
Increased flexibility and interchangeability in supply-chain planning through customer-driven make-
to-stock with configurable products
- Now allows changes for costing-relevant characteristics while providing precise material valuation
and profitability
11.10.2.1 Make-to-stock for configurable products with individual batch
valuation
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Goods receipt for the production orders valuates stocks using the production order cost estimate
- Production order costs based on valuations of component batches rather than on standard prices
- Support of cross-plant stock transfers for such a process
- User guidance and process consistency through improved status management and status overview
report
Pain Points:
- Multilevel production of configurable products created a conflict between production planning and
costing
- Correct accounting (product costing and valuation) only if all levels of production are in the
customer segment
- Production planners prefer to produce configurable products to stock to provide more flexibility
Business Benefits:
- Improved accounting transparency (product costing and stock valuation) and support for supply
chain flexibility: requirements for production planning
252 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Production planners, MRP controllers, production supervisors, and controllers
SAP for Mining
11.11.1 Commodity Management and Bulk Transports (BF:
LOG_COMMODITY_TRANSPORT_MGMT_4 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Combines the existing functionalities of three-way pegging and stock projection worksheet into one
transaction using a Web Dynpro user interface
Early Adopters:
Customers who have to plan the transport of commodities interactively, need to see the stock
projection, and schedule quantities simultaneously in one transaction
Headline:
Increase Usability for Transportation Planning and Stock Information with One Transaction
Business Benefits:
- Only one transaction instead of two
- Real-time update of changed scheduled transport in stock projection
- Multistock and multilocation stock projection for better visibility
- User-friendly interface
- Flexibility for users to change layout
11.11.1.1 Web transaction to combine scheduling and stock information and
plan transports
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Ability for users to plan and create distribution schedules for transports combining demand and
supply items with vehicles
- Items to be scheduled and stock information are visible in the same transaction
- Planning can be done either in a three-way pegging tab or from the stock projection worksheet by
just entering or changing quantities in columns; the system will create simulated distribution
schedules
253 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Changes don't need to be saved to be seen on the other tab
- Calculation of available capacity on the fly when data changes
- Undo and redo functionality
Pain Points:
- Many customers use spreadsheets or multiple systems
- Current transaction is not very user-friendly
Business Benefits:
- Transportation planning is an iterative process. Having all information on one place saves time.
- Impact of interactive scheduling changes on inventory situation can be seen immediately without
prior saving.
Target Group:
Users who are involved into the scheduling and planning of transports of bulk materials.\
11.11.1.2 Flexible selection and easy adoption to user's needs
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / New Capability
Description:
- General selection of various criteria possible, additional and different selection criteria can be used
for the individual tab strips, for example different date ranges for the general selection and for the
stock projection worksheet tab
- Additional selection criteria can be added
- User can change in user-dependent setting the layout by adding, hiding, or moving columns
- Layout of the graphics can be changed
- Flexible aggregation and disaggregation of inventory data in stock projection worksheet tab strips
Pain Points:
- Currently, SAP Trader's and Scheduler's Workbench does not allow flexible selection and
aggregation and disaggregation
- Currently limited user-dependent layout capabilities
Business Benefits:
Increased user acceptance
Target Group:
254 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Users who are involved into the scheduling and planning of transports of bulk materials.
11.11.1.3 Freightliner offer to maintain schedules, routes, and stages of vehicles
easily
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- A nomination type and view can be used to maintain vehicle-relevant schedules (routes, stages, and
dates)
- Data will be visible in the transport available section in three-way pegging (SAP Trader's and
Scheduler's Workbench and dynamic scheduling)
- Relevant dates will be copied into distribution schedules
- Use of freightliner offers cannot be maintained any longer
Pain Points:
Currently, customers have to maintain customer tables and customer-exits to manage vehicle
schedule information
Business Benefits:
Reduced implementation and customization effort
Target Group:
Users who are involved into the scheduling and planning of transports of bulk materials
11.12 SAP for Oil & Gas
11.12.1 Joint Venture Cutback Reverse (BF: JVA_CUTB_REVERSE - EhP:
4)
Description:
The reversal of all joint venture accounting cutback postings in a period in FI and the reset of cutback
ledger 4E/4F for the period to zero. The reversal of all cutback postings with selection inception to
date in FI and the reset of cutback ledger 4E/4F for the period to zero.
Early Adopters:
Customers operating joint ventures and using joint-venture accounting
Headline:
Reverse All Cutback Postings (Documents) in a Period in FI and Reset Cutback Total Ledger 4E
255 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
It facilitates the reversal of the results of all cutback postings in case of errors in a period. It resets
the cutback ledger 4E and 4F to zero for this period. A correction with the selection criteria for
inception to date is also possible.
11.12.1.1 Joint venture cutback reversal
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
It automatically corrects reversals in FI and at the same time corrects the 4E cutback ledger. The
correction would be for one period at a time, but a correction with the selection criteria of inception
to date is also possible.
Pain Points:
The correction of incorrect cutback postings (documents and JVA ledger)
Business Benefits:
It facilitates reversal of the results of all cutback postings in case of errors in a period
Target Group:
All current and future JVA customers
11.13 SAP for Public Sector
11.13.1 PSCD, Collections and Correspondence Management (BF:
PSCD_COLLECTIONS_MANAGEMENT_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
New functionality for managing correspondence in the interaction center, champion and challenger
collection strategies, enhanced revenue distribution, and fund accounting.
Early Adopters:
Public services agencies collecting taxes or other revenues
Headline:
Improve Collections and Account Receivable Processes
Business Benefits:
Improve collections
Automate distribution processes
256 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.13.1.1 Fund accounting integration
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
FM derivation and update: as of IS-PS-CA 604, the reconciliation account is replaced in FM derivation
by the general ledger account that results from account determination.
Grant-enabled FICA: the grant field can be used as input field in posting of FICA documents by using
transaction FPE1.
GM update: as of IS-PS-CA 604, the order, cost center, and WBS element are made available in the
GM update for the receivable or payable line(s) coming from FICA.
Splitting of business partner lines: as of IS-PS-CA 604, the user can enter one business partner line
and more than one general ledger line: the system splits the business partner line into as many lines
as there are general ledger lines in the document.
Pain Points:
Reporting according to fund accounting regulations
Business Benefits:
Enhanced reporting capabilities
Target Group:
Accountants
11.13.1.2 Enhanced revenue distribution
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Consider distribution rates when distributing revenues, open items, and unassigned payments to
final recipients
Pain Points:
Revenue agencies have to distribute revenues to final recipients automatically
Business Benefits:
The new features allow revenue agencies to automate the distribution of revenues
Target Group:
Revenue agencies
257 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.13.1.3 Define champion and challenger collection strategies
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The new feature allows collection agencies to define test series for champion and challenger
collection strategies. For a certain percentage of your champion collection strategies, you can define
challenger strategies, which are then assigned to the master data groups.
Pain Points:
Collection agencies are constantly looking for options to improve their collection activities
Business Benefits:
The new features allow collection agencies to test their current collection strategies against alternate
collection approaches. If the challenger strategy is more successful, the collection agency can replace
the current champion strategy to improve collections.
Target Group:
Collection agencies
11.13.1.4 Manage correspondence in interaction center
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Configure correspondence types
Compose outbound correspondence
Provide document management services
Pain Points:
Depending on its collection procedures, a collection agency needs to maintain various
correspondence types
Business Benefits:
The new features allow collection agencies to set up new correspondence types for collection
purposes flexibly and use them in the context of collections management
Target Group:
Collection agencies
258 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.13.1.5 Enhancements for installment plans
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Calculate interest at creation of an installment plan
Pain Points:
Automatic calculation of interest at creation of an installment plan was impossible
Business Benefits:
Improve usability
Automate business processes
Target Group:
Revenue agencies
11.13.1.6 Enhancements for business partner locks
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
You can set preconfigured end dates for business locks considering the authorization concept at
creation of business locks
Pain Points:
Manual setting of end dates
Business Benefits:
Automate business processes
Target Group:
Revenue agencies
New mass activity for credit card payments
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Process credit card payments automatically using new mass activity
259 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Missing mass activity for credit card payments
Business Benefits:
Automate business processes
Target Group:
Revenue agencies
11.13.1.8 Group items for automatic clearing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
At automatic clearing, you can group selected items
Pain Points:
No group of items in automatic clearing
Business Benefits:
Improve usability
Target Group:
Revenue agencies
11.13.1.9 New features for mass activities
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
In mass activities you can predefine a preselection, use generic variants and configure log classes
Pain Points:
Usability of mass activities
Business Benefits:
Improve usability of mass activities
Automate business processes
Target Group:
260 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Revenue agencies
11.13.1.10 Ledger groups for doubtful receivables
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
You can use ledger groups for doubtful receivables
Pain Points:
No ledger groups for doubtful receivables
Business Benefits:
Improve usability
Target Group:
Revenue agencies
11.13.1.11 New archiving objects
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
You can archive revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents
Pain Points:
No archiving of revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents
Business Benefits:
Reduce TCO
Target Group:
Revenue agencies
11.13.1.12 New extractors to SAP NetWeaver BI
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
You can extract the payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI
261 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
No extraction of payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI
Business Benefits:
Better decisions through enhanced analytics capabilities
Target Group:
Revenue agencies
11.13.2 PSM, Cash-Basis Accounting and Cash Flow Reporting (BF:
PSM_FA_CASH - EhP: 4)
Description:
Enables users to generate a cash-basis view on accounting by means of a separate cash ledger or a
cash flow reporting by an additional splitting characteristic in the accrual ledger. Both features, cash
ledger and cash flow reporting, are integral parts of the new general ledger (G/L).
Early Adopters:
- Public sector customers with a need to generate a cash-basis view of accounting
- Public sector customers with a need to generate cash flow reporting in financial accounting
Headline:
Enable a Cash-Basis View or Cash Flow Reporting in Financial Accounting
Business Benefits:
- Enables users to establish cash-basis accounting via the new cash ledger functionality in addition to
the traditional accrual accounting that is already available in the general ledger environment
- Enables cash flow reporting by source accounts
- Both features, cash ledger and cash flow reporting, are integral parts of the new general ledger
11.13.2.1 Cash-basis accounting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Users can establish cash-basis accounting by means of a separate cash ledger.
- The cash ledger is a complete, balanced set of accounts required by and maintained for cash-basis
accounting. It realizes expenses and revenue only at the time cash is paid or received.
- Typically, the only accounts posted to in cash-basis accounting are cash and profit-and-loss
accounts.
262 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- The cash ledger is an integral part of the new general ledger. It is a nonleading ledger in the new
general ledger environment. Cash-basis accounting in the sense of this solution always needs a
leading accrual ledger.
- Migration tools for a subsequent introduction of cash-basis accounting are available.
Pain Points:
- For certain public sector customers, cash-basis accounting is the legally required view of the books
- Before the cash ledger, the general ledger offered only an accrual view in accounting
Business Benefits:
- This solution fulfills the requirement for legal cash-basis accounting
- The cash ledger ensures that expenses and revenues are realized only when cash is paid or received
Target Group:
Public sector customers who require or are interested in establishing cash-basis accounting
11.13.2.2 Cash flow reporting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Cash flow reporting provides readers with information about the sources of cash raised during the
period, the purpose for which cash was used, and the cash balance on the reporting date.
- Enables users to report cash flows by source account (such as expense, revenue, taxes, and
inventory)
- Reporting of the combination of cash clearing accounts and source accounts is also an option.
- Cash flow reporting is an integral part of the new general ledger.
- Cash flow reporting in terms of this solution is based on an accrual ledger and does not require an
additional (cash) ledger.
Pain Points:
- Requirements to report cash flows by source accounts and balancing entities
Business Benefits:
- Cash flow reporting requirements are fulfilled
- Implementation of an additional (cash) ledger is unnecessary. Cash flow reporting is based on an
accrual ledger (reduced data volume)
263 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Public sector customers who need cash flow reporting by source account; accountants
11.13.3 PSM, Fund Accounting (BF: PSM_FA_CI - EhP: 4)
Description:
Continuous improvements for fund accounting in the areas of:
- Financial reporting
- Management accounting
- Financial operations
Early Adopters:
Public sector customers using or implementing fund accounting
Headline:
Improvements for Fund Accounting in Financial Reporting, Management Accounting, and Financial
Operations
Business Benefits:
Continued enhancements enabling customers to improve the use of fund accounting functionality
11.13.3.1 Functional area as balancing entity
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
This feature offers an option to define the functional area as document splitting characteristics for
general ledger accounting (-> balancing entity)
Pain Points:
Without this feature, it was impossible for public sector customers to create balance sheets by
functional area with the available standard new general ledger scenarios
Business Benefits:
Public sector customers using the new general ledger can create balance sheets by functional area
Target Group:
Public sector customers who need to create balance sheets by functional area
11.13.3.2 Average daily balance-based allocations
264 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- This functionality allocates amounts from one account assignment (the pool assignment) to other
account assignments (the individual assignments) based on average actual balance information from
the general ledger.
- It is possible to define the balancing entity (fund, grant, and so on) on which the cost or interest
allocation is done.
- It is possible to define the pool of common investments from which the distribution of costs and
earnings is posted. Several rules can be set up in parallel.
- A report will create the distribution postings according to the rules.
- Available in an environment where the new general ledger accounting with its document split
functionality is active
- Based on a nonleading daily ledger
Pain Points:
In a centralized treasury, you typically make investments for different funds, but the investment is
carried out as a whole for a pool fund. However, you might want and need to assign the costs and
the income of the investment, for example the interests and fees, to each fund that participates in
the investment individually.
Business Benefits:
- You can distribute the revenues or expenses earned for a pooled cash investment back to the
members of the pool
- The distribution of the amounts earned or expensed of the pooled investment to the individual
account assignment elements is based on the average daily balance of the elements in the pool
- Simplified creation of a daily balance ledger
Target Group:
Treasury in a public sector organization
11.13.3.3 Partial payment by balancing entity
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
265 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
With the new functionality of partial payment by general ledger entity (typically: partial payment per
fund), you can pay invoices that are financed by several expense lines partially per expense
characteristic
Pain Points:
The amount paid is not spread over all the account assignments involved, but related only to the
expense line for which the payment is carried out
Business Benefits:
- Enables the end user to manage a partial payment and specify the exact general ledger entity for
which the expense will be accounted
- System control: the partial payment for one entity does not exceed the proportion of the
underlying invoice
Target Group:
Accounts payable user
11.13.3.4 Partner fund as entry field in FI transactions
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Partner fund and partner grant are included as entry fields (table control) in FI transactions (e.g.
FB50) as additional fields.
- These entities are also included in the field status and can be set up there. They can be maintained
as hidden, optional, or mandatory.
Pain Points:
- Missing traceability of object and partner object information in FI line items
Business Benefits:
- Traceability of object and partner object information for the account assignments fund and grant in
FI line items
Target Group:
Accountants
11.13.3.5 FM update by depreciation run under modified accrual
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
266 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
- This functionality allows users to distinguish between full accrual and modified accrual accounting
in asset accounting.
- This distinction is modeled via a second depreciation area for modified accrual accounting with
100% depreciation at the first run.
- Funds management can be updated by asset depreciation so that FI and funds management remain
reconciled for both full and modified accrual.
Pain Points:
Reporting on a full and modified accrual basis
- Under full accrual accounting, long-term assets are depreciated over their useful life, with the
assets and accumulated depreciation reported on the balance sheet.
- Under modified accrual, long-term assets are shown as capital expenses when incurred. They are
reported in a separate account group, with no depreciation reported.
Business Benefits:
- Reporting on a full and modified accrual basis for assets is now easily achievable
- FI and funds management remain reconciled for both full and modified accrual
Target Group:
Public sector customers who are required to report on a full and modified accrual basis; asset
accountants
11.13.3.6 Asset migration for fund accounting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- This feature supports the implementation of fund accounting for asset management when you
implement the new general ledger accounting at the same time.
- Central steps are the asset mass transfer, whereby asset master records are supplemented with the
information on the fund, and the balance carry-forward posting from asset accounting per balancing
unit, which creates the opening balance for asset values per fund.
- Based on new general ledger migration
Pain Points:
Public sector customers implementing fund accounting are not provided with standard migration
tools to adjust their existing asset data
267 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
- Standard migration tools concerning asset management for an implementation of fund accounting
are provided
Target Group:
Accountants, asset accountants, and system administrators
11.13.3.7 Enhancements CO-FM integration
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
1. Several new CO reports that allow selecting for fund, grant, and functional area. A drilldown
according to those entities is offered within the reports.
2. Call of FMDERIVE in CO planning transactions can now be controlled by a BADI. In this BADI
customer can implement check mode for FMDERIVE by specific planning business transaction.
Pain Points:
Prior to this new functionality, there was no standard report that allowed users to select and to
report by fund, grant, and functional area. Having reports and variants that include these entities
always implied manual effort (during demo, test, and implementation).
2. Performance of individual CO planning transactions was affected due to the lack of individual
control.
Business Benefits:
1. The new reports will contribute to reducing the total cost of ownership of the fund accounting
scenario at the customer site and speed up its implementation
2. Improved performance
Target Group:
Fund accounting customers using the controlling component
11.13.3.8 Extraction of new general ledger
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- The line item extractor for new general ledger accounting to extract documents from the leading
ledger in new general ledger accounting for SAP NetWeaver BI reporting (0FI_GL_14) is now
enhanced for the following public sector fields:
268 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Financial management area (FIKRS)
- Fund (GEBER)
- Grant (GRANT_NBR)
- Partner fund (PGEBER)
- Partner grant (PGRANT_NBR)
- FM: budget period (BUDGET_PD)
- FM: partner budget period (PBUDGET_PD)
Pain Points:
- Before this enhancement, the public sector fields were unavailable for SAP NetWeaver BI reporting
Business Benefits:
- The public sector fields are now available for SAP NetWeaver BI reporting
- Simplified reporting
Target Group:
Accountants and system administrators
11.13.3.9 Enhancements of the FM reconciliation tool for new general ledger
tables
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
New data providers have been provided for the reconciliation tool:
- General ledger provider (technical name FLGL)
- General ledger provider for planning data (technical name FGLP)
Pain Points:
In the past, customers using the new general ledger could not use the reconciliation tool to reconcile
data in the new general ledger with other existing data providers such as FM or CO.
Business Benefits:
Further completes the existing reconciliation tool and its use across multiple data sources
Target Group:
Customers in the public sector using the new general ledger
269 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.13.4 PSM, Funds Management 2 (BF: PSM_FM_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Continuous improvements for funds management in the areas of:
- Master data
- Postings
- Updating
- Year-end closing
- Reporting
Early Adopters:
Public sector customers using or implementing funds management
Headline:
Improvements in Master Data, Postings, Updating, Year-End Closing, and Reporting in Funds
Management
Business Benefits:
Continued enhancements enabling customers to improve the use of funds management functionality
in the areas of:
- Master data
- Postings
- Updating
- Year-end closing
- Reporting
11.13.4.1 Enhancements for master data
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
1. Display of funded program in various transactions:
FI posting transactions, earmarked funds transactions, MM contract with commitment plan,
purchase requisition, purchase order, service entry sheet, goods movement, and LIV invoice
transactions.
270 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
2.. Enhanced checking of allowed changes to funds management master data: when deleting or
changing funds management master data, additional system checks are performed to ensure data
integrity.
Pain Points:
1. Derived value for funded program was invisible in the past, and the posted value could be verified
only by reviewing the subsequent funds management document.
2.. Changes or deletion of funds management master data could lead to inconsistencies in actual
tables.
Business Benefits:
1. Better control over data entered
2..System integrity for funds management master data is improved
Target Group:
Public sector customers using the funded program dimension
11.13.4.2 Enhancements for requests
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
1.Request journal for the request search is now available on all request transactions
2.Withholding tax lines are now displayed in document overview of posted requests
3.The functional area field is available on all request screens
4. On the initial screen of a request transaction, the default values can transferred as fixed values for
the entire request
5. Posting date can be defined as changeable for preliminary requests
Pain Points:
1. The document selection button in the request transactions does not give the ALV list of the
document journal
2. Withholding tax information is not shown in the overview screen of a requests document
3. Functional area cannot be entered on the main screen of requests
4. Users can change the values from the entry screen in the request, which can cause incorrect data
in the request
5. Users cannot change the posting date in a preliminary request
271 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
- Same look and feel in all request transactions for document selection
- Better control of data entered
Target Group:
Public sector customers using the request transactions
11.13.4.3 Enhancements for dunning
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
1. With the new functionality for dunning interest calculation, users can generate an Adobe form for
the notice about penalty surcharges when using report RFFMINTCALC. A sample form, FM_INTCALC,
is delivered for this purpose.
2. The new functionality of Interest Totaling for Private-Law Dunning Procedure concerns the rules
for calculation of the dunning interest to be applied by German public sector customers, if those
administrations use private law dunning. The development will enable a new interest calculation that
will aggregate all calculated interests for a set of related documents.
Pain Points:
1 No support for Adobe forms for the notice about penalty surcharges in report RFFMINTCALC.
2. System cannot handle changes of the interest rate within the period in which the
open claim was overdue.Business Benefits:
Increases flexibility and success in dunning procedures
Target Group:
All funds management customers who dun open claims
11.13.4.4 SWIFT code in payment transfer
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
With the new feature in the payment transfer transaction (FMITPO), users can maintain bank data,
including the SWIFT code and the IBAN code, during reimbursements.
Pain Points:
272 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
User has additional effort when reimbursing if the customer's bank is not contained in the bank
master record.
Business Benefits:
Reimbursing can be done in one end-user's working step in case that the customer's bank is not
contained in the bank master record.
Target Group:
Public sector customers using the payment transfer transaction.
11.13.4.5 Earmarked funds - down payment integration
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Various improvements to the business process involving down payment and earmarked funds:
1. Alternate consumption logic for earmarked funds when multiple down payments and invoices are
recorded. Previously, documents where classified as relevant or not relevant based on which type of
document total was higher (down payments or invoices). Now, documents are all combined, and the
follow-on document reduces consumption of the previous document (additive consumption logic).
2. New transactions to simplify recording of down payment and down payment request against
earmarked funds.
3. Automatic reduction of down payment when invoice is received.
Pain Points:
Manual processes that lead to user errors and additional work are now automated
Business Benefits:
Significant time savings when recording documents. Simplified processes.
Target Group:
Accounts payable users
11.13.4.6 SD BAPIs with FM entities
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
273 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
This function offers the option to create or to change SD orders by calling BAPIs
BAPI_SALESORDER_CREATEFROMDAT2 and BAPI_SALESORDER_CHANGE and explicitly indicating the
budget key funds center, commitment item, fund and grant in the interface.
The implementations of the BAPIs contain the same checks for existence for funds management
entities and the same derivation logic that is implemented in SD transaction VA01 itself.
Pain Points:
Before this enhancement of the BAPIs, it was impossible to call the BAPIs and to indicate the funds
management budget address directly in the BAPIs' interface. Instead, the FM budget address was
derived by CO objects.
Business Benefits:
The creation or change of SD orders via BAPIs is now improved for handling funds management
account assignments
Target Group:
Public sector customers using SD orders
11.13.4.7 Extension of MM tolerance checking
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Document tolerance checking is supported for budget that is controlled by funds management. A
document tolerance check allows you to define tolerances that describe how much a purchase order
item is allowed to exceed the budget that has been assigned to the purchase requisition on which
the item is based. A new IMG activity is provided for this purpose. If the defined tolerance is
exceeded, the user is not allowed to save the purchase order.
Pain Points:
Prevent budget consumption in the purchase order beyond the values intended originally
Business Benefits:
Better budget control with document tolerance support
Target Group:
Budget control managers
11.13.4.8 Revaluation of open PO commitments
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
274 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
The function has an online and a mass processing feature.
The online capabilities allow changing the exchange rate of a purchase order and immediately
updating all open commitments of a PO correctly.
The mass processing feature allows selection of more than one PO depending on different criteria
like currency or account assignment. The exchange rate for the selected currency can be entered
manually or be derived by the system. A test run is available to compare the commitments before
and after the revaluation. In the update run, all POs will be changed and the commitments will be
updated online.
Pain Points:
Often customers, specially in the public sector, have to revaluate their PO commitments several
times a year with given exchange rates for different (foreign) currencies. This feature provides
several enhancements in the online update. The main enhancement is mass processing, which
allows handling of large amounts of POs automatically.
Business Benefits:
The business benefit for the customer is always having the right amount committed in the home
currency, regardless of the document currency, and being able to do mass updates on all relevant
POs for one currency. With this approach, budget execution is more precise, and the effort needed to
execute the needed revaluations is significantly reduced.
Target Group:
Purchasers (mainly the online function) and administrators (mass processing)
Update of paid credit memos
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
A new indicator, update credit memos, in the settings for the payment transfer (OF29_EH4) allows
users to control the update of cleared credit memos. If you set this indicator, cleared credit memos
are converted in the following manner for funds management:
- A reduction record with value type invoice (54) and the amount type reduction (0200)
- A payment record with value type payment (57) and amount type paid credit memo (0270)
Pain Points:
Before the introduction of the new indicator, users could not distinguish between the cash-relevant
and noncash-relevant FI clearings in funds management
Business Benefits:
275 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
If activated, payments (cash-relevant) and other kinds of clearings will be distinguished in funds
management updating.
Target Group:
Accountants and budget officers
11.13.4.10 Parallelization of original payment selection (RFFMS200) function
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Original payment selection (RFFMS200) function is now enabled for parallel processing. Users can
define the number of parallel processes and, if necessary, the server.
Pain Points:
The payment selection transfers payments to funds management. Huge amounts of actual data
(invoices, credit memos, and down payments) can lead to long runtimes of the payment selection
program.
Business Benefits:
- Reduced runtime of the original payment selection (RFFMS200) function
Target Group:
Public sector customers who use the original payment selection (RFFMS200) function
11.13.4.11 Migration and enhancements for the online payment update
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Enables migration from the enhanced payment selection (RFFMS200) functions to the online
payment update in funds management
- If online payment update is activated, the system automatically defines the following fields as
document-splitting
characteristics: KNBELNR, VOBELNR, and FIPOS.
- Delivery of standard settings to enable online payment update for unassigned payments
Pain Points:
- Before the online payment update, payments were transferred via a batch job (payment
selection/RFFMS200) to funds management.
276 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- If the payment selection has already been used, it must continue to be used. Up to now, data that
has already been posted has not been migrated.
Business Benefits:
- This feature offers tools to migrate from the enhanced payment selection (RFFMS200) functions to
the online payment update in funds management
- Existing customers already using the enhanced payment selection (RFFMS200) functions can move
to the online payment update in funds management
- Simplified configuration of the online payment update
Target Group:
Public sector customers who require the payment view in funds management
11.13.4.12 Enhancements for year-end closing
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
1. Message FICUSTOM190 can be used to define (for each user) whether the commitment carry-
forward can be reversed (FMJ3) to the previous fiscal year. 2. Cascaded parallel processing for
commitment carry-forward. 3. New business add-in (BAdI), FM_CCF_APPLIC_CUST, available to
update a table record in user-defined table for each line item or line subitem carried forward in the
commitment carry-forward. 4. A new specific transaction for clearing requests (F891B) allows users
to specify funds transfers in FI between a single sender and multiple receivers or vice versa. 5.
Extended fiscal year change of open items posted in FI-CA
Pain Points:
- Handling and recording of the commitment carry-forward in funds management
- Performance problems during the commitment carry-forward
- Incorrect data entries by end users during funds transfers in requests
- Missing functionality, like master data checking and reassignment for the fiscal year change of open
items posted in FI-CA
Business Benefits:
- Improved handling and traceability of the commitment carry-forward in funds management
- Reduced runtime of the commitment carry-forward if large amounts of data are processed
- Simplification, checking, and error prevention during funds transfers in requests
- Improved handling during the fiscal year change of open items posted in FI-CA
277 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Target Group:
Budget offices and system administrators
11.13.4.13 Enhancements for reassignment
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
1. Support for version management in materials management (MM):
The reassignment of purchase orders and purchase requisitions in funds management now supports
version management in MM
2. Reassigning document chains:
With this new function, users can select chains of commitment documents and reassign them to a
new posting address (funds center, commitment item, and fund) in funds management. It offers:
- Selection of document chains for reassignment with various selection criteria
- Derivation strategy for deriving target posting addresses
- Interactive choice among derived target addressees
Pain Points:
- Missing traceability of changes caused by reassignments in MM
- Time-consuming reassignment processes
- Reassignment of document chains in funds management
Business Benefits:
- Changes caused by reassignments are recorded in MM
- Faster reassignment of document chains to new posting address in funds management
Target Group:
Budget officers
11.13.4.14 Other enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
1. Accessibility for archiving objects
278 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
2. Unification of various archiving objects: selection by fiscal year and period for the following
objects:
- FM_DOC_FI - archiving FI line items in funds management
- FM_DOC_OI - archiving commitment line items in funds management
- FM_DOC_CO - archiving CO line items in funds management
- FM_ACTSUM - archiving commitment/actual totals records in funds management
- FM_BUDHIE - archiving former budget hierarchy documents in funds management
- FM_BUDENT - archiving former budget entry documents in funds management
- FM_BUDSUM - archiving former budget totals records in funds management
- FM_FUNRES - archiving of earmarked funds
3. Enhancement in ALE distribution
Pain Points:
- Lack of a unified approach across all funds management data tables
- Complicated management of disjunctive funds management number ranges in the central system
Business Benefits:
- Archiving data can be broken down into smaller data slices (by fiscal year and period)
- Disjunctive number ranges are no longer needed when updating actuals
Target Group:
Public sector customers wishing to archive funds management data. Public sector customers who are
using ALE distribution.
11.13.4.15 Enhancements for real estate integration
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
1. Rule-based splitting tool introduced into real estate: contract can now be automatically split
among multiple account assignments based on predefined rules.
2. New function modules for FMDERIVE: funds management account assignment objects maintained
on real estate objects can now be read when posting against real estate objects in financial
transactions.
279 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
1. Previously, multifunding of the same rental condition for contracts could be achieved only by
creating multiple contracts and dividing the total amount among the contracts.
2. Duplicate maintenance of funds management account assignments for real estate objects was
required. Now, information is in one central location on the master data object and can be retrieved
from there.
Business Benefits:
1. Simplification of data entry with fewer user errors
2. Less data maintenance
Target Group:
Data entry personnel in various applications
11.13.5 PSM, U.S. Federal - Debt Management: Rescheduling (BF:
PSM_USFED_DEBT_RESCHEDULE - EhP: 4)
Description:
New reporting functionality to calculate installments for existing debt. Solution to handle the
rescheduling of debt, including maintenance of rescheduling agreements, calculation of amortization
schedule, and preparing correspondence for customers.
Early Adopters:
U.S. Federal agencies that deal with a large number of receivables from private sector customers
Headline:
Automatically Calculate and Track Alternate Payment Terms for Customers with Outstanding
Receivables
Business Benefits:
Streamlined handling of receivables
11.13.5.1 Transaction to manage debt rescheduling agreement
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
280 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Allows selection of existing receivable and provides interactive mode to manage a rescheduling
agreement. Flexible calculation of installment terms, intervals, and interest rates. Correspondence of
rescheduling agreement to customer and report to display current status of receivable and
rescheduling terms. Integration with treasury report on receivables.
Pain Points:
A previously manual process is replaced with automated functionality
Business Benefits:
Improves the debt management process and allows alternate methods of debt collection based on
customer requirements
Target Group:
Debt management officer
11.13.6 PSM, U.S. Federal 2 (BF: PSM_USFED_CI_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
General improvements to tools and applications used by U.S. Federal agencies, including roles and
authorizations, budgetary ledger, and year-end closing. Enhanced functionality is provided in
materials management.
Early Adopters:
U.S. Federal customers who wish to improve use of the U.S. Federal software
Headline:
Extend the Use of U.S. Federal Functionality
Business Benefits:
Continued enhancements enabling customer to improve the use of specific federal functionality: -
Simplified year-end processing - Additional functionality for purchase order and purchase
requisition - Federal-specific roles and authorizations - Expanded customizing for budgetary ledger
areas
11.13.6.1 Improvements to accountable property functionality
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
281 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Allows creation of an asset master record based on purchase order data rather than goods receipt or
invoice data
Pain Points:
Asset master data is created too late in the process. When assets are received, asset master record
and process steps triggered for the asset should already exist based on the information available in
the purchase order.
Business Benefits:
Improved property management. Processes subsequent to creation of asset master data can now be
started earlier and are available for goods receipt. This functionality is better aligned with standard
asset creation for purchase orders.
Target Group:
Property manager
11.13.6.2 Park and hold purchase requisition and purchase order
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Parking: document is complete from an MM prospective, but can still be completed in regard to FM
account assignment. Integration of workflow possible. - Holding: document can still contain errors or
missing data and can be held for future completion.
Pain Points:
PO could previously only be held, now it can also be parked. Purchase requisition could previously
only be parked, now it can also be held. Customers now have a unified approach to the entire
purchasing, receipt, and invoicing process.
Business Benefits:
FISIO-compliant. Now customers have a unified approach to the entire purchasing, receipt, and
invoicing process.
Target Group:
U.S. Federal agencies
11.13.6.3 Change management for posted invoices
Class/Level of Innovation:
282 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
It is now possible to change posted invoices. When the user tries to change a posted invoice, the
system creates a reversal (transaction MR11) in the background and creates a new invoice with the
changed data.
Pain Points:
A previously cumbersome, multistep process is now replaced with a single transaction for the user
Business Benefits:
FISIO-compliant
Target Group:
Federal agencies
User-defined year-end closing rules
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Allows users to define additional sets of rules to close out general ledger accounts
Pain Points:
Currently, only two sets of rules can be defined. Many customers need to define more sets of rules.
Without this ability, they need to modify configuration frequently.
Business Benefits:
Faster and easier year-end closing
Target Group:
Users in accounting and budget offices involved in year-end closing
11.13.6.5 Prevent purchase order changes when delivery has been made
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Added functionality to allow the system to check the final flags on requisitions (closed flag) and
purchase orders (delivery complete and final invoice) and issue standard messages (warning or error)
when follow-on processes are posted against documents for which the flags are set.
283 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
We also extended the functionality that controlled how the flags were automatically set. If the final
delivery flag was set, the system used to remove the flag automatically if a goods receipt was posted.
Now we allow a goods receipt to be posted and still keep the final flag in place.
Pain Points:
Previously, a PO with the final delivery or final invoice flag set could still have goods receipts or
invoices posted against it. Requisitions with a closed flag could still be referenced by a PO. Now all
that can be controlled through standard messages.
Business Benefits:
Provides the ability to prevent follow-on activity against closed documents
Target Group:
Public sector procurement, receiving officers, and AP clerks
11.13.6.6 Roles and authorization for Federal-specific fields
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Enhanced authorization concept for U.S. Federal-specific fields: payment office and agency location
code (ALC). Both authorizations are used to control access to FI documents. The Federal government
reports have been enhanced, enabling access control by payment office and ALC
Pain Points:
Authorization could previously not be controlled on these important Federal fields. Other
authorization objects had to be used.
Business Benefits:
Better control tailored to the needs of use of U.S. Federal users
Target Group:
U.S. Federal users in accounts payable
11.13.6.7 Budgetary ledger configuration: new source fields to derive additional
BL areas
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
284 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Additional source fields in budgetary ledger (BL) configuration: general ledger account, asset
transaction type, business transaction, and budget process
Pain Points:
Master data setup more business-oriented and not driven by technical requirements of the BL
Business Benefits:
Flexible use of master data
Target Group:
Federal customers
11.13.6.8 Credit memo offset exclusion
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
U.S. Federal agencies have two primary options to offset vendor delinquent debts: internal offset and
external treasury offset. To support FSIO requirements, the system must provide a method to
exclude an item from internal offset against another payment. The credit memo offset exclusion
establishes a payment block on the document; the document is therefore excluded from the
standard payment program (SAPF110).
Pain Points:
Limited control of automatic payment offsets
Business Benefits:
Increase control and flexibility of automatic payment offsets
Target Group:
U.S. Federal AR and AP technicians and managers
11.13.7 PSM, Enhanced Features for Grantor Management (AP/AR) (BF:
PSM_GRANTOR_APAR_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Support of multiple payment recipients per agreement or claim. Generic interface for SAP CRM
program replication.
Early Adopters:
Enhanced grantor integration with SAP ERP
Headline:
285 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Additional Integration Flexibility Between Grantor in SAP CRM and Grantor Processes in SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Support of additional business processes
11.13.7.1 Support of multiple payment recipient per agreement or claim
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Provide an ability to define more than one payment recipient in an agreement or claim. It also allows
users to change the existing payment recipient.
Pain Points:
Limitation to one payment recipient that cannot be changed for each agreement or claim
Business Benefits:
Manage multiple payment recipients per agreement or claim
Target Group:
Grantor program manager
11.13.7.2 Generic interface for SAP CRM program replication
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Provide a generic programming interface which allows users to map an SAP ERP account element
than funded program to an SAP CRM program
Pain Points:
Customer may not use funded program or want to use another account element for mapping the SAP
CRM program in SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Flexibility to decide which account elements in SAP ERP should map to the program object in SAP
CRM
Target Group:
Grantor program manager
286 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.13.8 PSM, Enhanced Features for Grantor Management (PSCD) (BF:
PSCD_GRANTOR_2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Support of multiple payment recipients per agreement or claim. Generic interface for SAP CRM
program replication.
Early Adopters:
Enhanced grantor integration with SAP ERP
Headline:
Additional Integration Flexibility Between Grantor in SAP CRM and Grantor Processes in SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
- Support of additional business processes
11.13.8.1 Support of multiple payment recipient per agreement or claim
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Provide an ability to define more than one payment recipient in an agreement or claim. It also allows
users to change the existing payment recipient.
Pain Points:
Limitation to one payment recipient that cannot be changed for each agreement or claim
Business Benefits:
Manage multiple payment recipients for an agreement or claim
Target Group:
Grantor program manager
11.13.8.2 Generic interface for SAP CRM program replication
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Provide a generic programming interface that allows users to map an SAP ERP account element other
than funded program to an SAP CRM program
287 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Customer may not use funded program or want to use another account element for mapping the SAP
CRM program in SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Flexibility to decide which account elements in SAP ERP should map to the program object in SAP
CRM
Target Group:
Grantor program manager
11.13.9 Tax&Rev. Mmgt incl. Prop. Tax (BF:
PSCD_TRM_&_PROPERTY_TAX - EhP: 4)
Description:
New functionality for form-based registration of taxpayers, management of tax work items,
correspondence management, processing of refunds, and handling of property taxes
Early Adopters:
Tax authorities (federal, state, and local) dealing with all kinds of tax types, including property taxes
Headline:
Improve Compliance with Integrated Tax Processing
Business Benefits:
Easily define registration forms for the taxpayer registration process with tight integration into the
tax officer work center and the business rule framework (BRF).
Gain an integrated overview of incoming and outgoing correspondence and interactions of a
taxpayer within the tax officer work center to improve customer service.
Validate and process tax refunds.
Organize and efficiently monitor the workload of registration forms and tax returns.
11.13.9.1 Manage tax work items
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Create work items for form processing
Release new work items for form processing
Change assignment of work items
288 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Change priority of work items
Pain Points:
Determine the right resource to handle tax returns or other tax forms
Monitor the workload
Business Benefits:
The new features allow determination of tax officers, tax units, and tax divisions based on rules.
Tax managers and supervisors can get an easy overview of the current workload and can determine
the appropriate steps.
Target Group:
Managers and supervisors of tax and revenue agencies
11.13.9.2 Process refunds
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Process refund request
Distribute overpayment to carry forward and refund
Reconcile advance turnover tax return with annual tax return
Check statute of limitations
Approve tax return or refund
Internal offsets
Pain Points:
Paper-based validation of refunds
Business Benefits:
Refunds can be validated based on rules defined in the BRF (business rule framework)
Target Group:
Tax officer
11.13.9.3 Form-based registration
289 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Define and process registration forms
Set up rules for registration
Upload registration forms
Mass activity for validating tax forms
Exception handling of registration in the tax officer cockpit
Pain Points:
Custom-built registration processes or other form processes difficult to maintain
Business Benefits:
Configurable form processing utilizing business rules for setting up master data and relationships and
for determining registration fees
Support of automated and manual processes in the tax officer cockpit
Target Group:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Create or change parcel
Create or change real estate folio
Create billing document
Pain Points:
Missing capabilities to process property taxes together with other revenue types
Business Benefits:
The new features offer an integrated process for handling property taxes
Target Group:
Tax officer
11.13.9.4 Manage correspondence
290 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Configure correspondence types
Compose outbound correspondence
Provide document management services
Review interaction history
Manage inbound correspondence
Print correspondence
Create customer contacts
Pain Points:
Silo-based registration processes
High TCO due to custom-built tax processes
Business Benefits:
The new features allow tax agencies to flexibly set up new correspondence types for tax purposes
Target Group:
Tax officer
11.13.10 PSM, U.S. Federal PPA and Payments (BF: PSM_USFED_PPAP_2 -
EhP: 4)
Description:
Federal-specific fields on vendor master. Improvements to payment handling. Prompt-pay
functionality expanded to real estate contract and subsequent invoice. Statistical sampling process.
Automated clearing.
Early Adopters:
U.S. Federal agencies that use prompt-pay functionality in SAP software
Headline:
Improved Handling of Payables
Business Benefits:
291 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Streamlined control of vendor invoices and subsequent payment process following the federal
government's rules.
Introduction of federal-specific fields to additional SAP software components and master data.
11.13.10.1 Enhancements to prompt pay functionality (PPA)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
1. Previously, vendors were identified as being relevant to the prompt payment act by setting the
interest indicator field to 99. Now, we have added a new field to the U.S. Federal tab on the vendor
master to identify if the vendor is subject to the PPA. The interest indicator field can now by used for
its intended purpose. A new program is available to migrate to the new functionality
(FMFG_PPA_TO_VENDOR)
2. Expands PPA functionality to the real estate application: the date entered on real estate contract
will be transferred to accounting document and can be used in subsequent processes, such as
payment and treasury confirmation.
Pain Points:
1. The interest indicator field was not available to Federal customers because it was needed to
support the PPA.
2. Important information regarding federal processing and reporting was missing on documents
integrated from the real estate component.
Business Benefits:
1. Customers can now use the interest indicator field as intended. Previously, this field was taken to
support the PPA functionality.
2. Real estate component is now fully compliant with PPA requirements.
Target Group:
1. All U.S. Federal customers
2. Users of real estate component
11.13.10.2 Enhancements to IPAC
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
292 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Allows the clearing or posting of residual items for invoices and related items prior to running the
payment program.
Pain Points:
Issues with interest and penalty calculation in payment program when invoices and offsets to
invoices (down payment transfer and credit memos) were paid together.
Business Benefits:
Eliminates manual clearing processes prior to payment program and allows more accurate
calculation of payment.
Target Group:
Payment officers
11.13.10.3 Statistical sampling
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Improvements to the existing functionality include:
- Blocked (payment block) invoices are included in batching and certification process
- Time/date stamp of certification process stored on the database and available for reporting
- Updating of payment run log to show when invoices are blocked by the sampling process
- True random sampling
Pain Points:
General usability improvements based on customer feedback
Business Benefits:
Additional usability to make the statistical sampling functions better fit agency requirements
Target Group:
Accounts payable clerk and manager
11.13.10.4 Enhancements to reporting: new prompt payment tracking report
Class/Level of Innovation:
293 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
This report displays a listing of invoice documents that are warehoused and ready for payment.
Warehoused documents can be reviewed to determine whether or not they meet contract terms and
follow applicable Prompt Payment Act regulations. The report can also be used to verify that goods
and services paid for were actually received.
Pain Points:
The Prompt Payment Act has specific requirements that are not covered in standard financial
reports. For example, the impact of treasury lag days, weekends, and holidays on the payment due
date. This report is designed to take the prompt factors into account to help AP clerks and managers
track the status of open invoices.
Business Benefits:
Provides U.S. Federal-specific payment details to AP clerks and managers
Target Group:
AP clerks and managers
11.13.11 PSM, Budget Period (BF: PSM_GEN_BUDPER_1 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Introduces a new master data entity, budget period, and several supplying modules in public sector
accounting. The new entity allows recording the time of budget and its execution independently of
fiscal year considerations.
Early Adopters:
Customers who need to record the time of appropriated budget and its execution independently of
fiscal year or other master data information.
Headline:
Record and Manage Budget and Consumption Values in Budgetary Accounting with a freely definable
and independent time
Business Benefits:
The time span for which a budget has been approved for consumption no longer needs to coincide
with a fiscal year. Also, users are no longer required to record differing time spans as part of other
budgetary accounting master data objects, which frees up their naming for the original, intended
use. Budgetary availability control and year end processes are simplified.
11.13.11.1 Budget period as separate master data entity in PSM
294 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
An additional PSM master data entity, budget period, is introduced in SAP ECC, extending the overall
PSM master data number to a maximum of six (plus grant). The new master data object is available in
the budget control system (BCS) and in many budget execution processes. It is recorded in budget
and commitment/actuals figures in funds management and can serve as a balancing entity in the
new general ledger.
Expiry and cancellation date functionality are moved from fund to budget period.
Pain Points:
Without budget period, a customer who requires multiple overlapping periods of appropriation of
budget needs to encode these periods into other available PSM master data entities like the fund.
That causes:
- Additional manual effort at each end of a validity period to recreate fund master data
- A budgetary closing process that requires more complex handling of master data
Business Benefits:
- Clear distinction of individual master data entities by purpose
- Reduced master data maintenance effort
- Reduced and simplified year-end closing activity
Target Group:
- Accountants
- Budget clerks
11.13.11.2 Enhanced budgeting and active availability control (BCS) using budget
period
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
With the introduction of budget period as a new master data entity in funds management, budgets
can now be distinguished by it. It is thus possible to have a budget for the same account assignment
from approval cycle 2008 and from 2009: both may be valid for multiple fiscal years.
Active availability control respects this separation of budgets, enabling checks for a single budget
period or across multiple budget periods.
295 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Without a separate budget period field in budgeting, customers need to encode the timing aspects of
approved budget into other available master data, mainly the fund, to record and check separately
appropriated budgets.
Business Benefits:
- Compliance with legal requirements to support a budget period in budgeting
- Simplified handling of budget maintenance and budget-related closing activities
Target Group:
Budget clerks
11.13.11.3 Enhanced financial and budgetary accounting using budget period
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
It enables a user to enter the appropriate budget period manually as an account assignment. The
complete account assignment is then updated in financial accounting (FI new GL) and budgetary
accounting (FM). As an alternative, the budget period may be derived via the same derivation
mechanism already supported for other funds management account assignments (FMDERIVE).
Pain Points:
Users need to encode budget period into another existing account assignment object, like fund.
Business Benefits:
- Separate input field is available for budget period
- Separate derivation and control of budget period independent of other FM account assignments is
possible
- Financial and budgetary accounting by budget period, including balance sheet by budget period
(and fund)
Target Group:
All users entering account assignments
11.13.11.4 Enhancements in U.S. Federal functionality using budget period
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
296 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Budget period is made available for U.S. Federal-specific processes. That includes U.S. Federal-
specific ledgers 95, 96 and 97; budgetary ledger postings; and Federal-specific reports.
The application of fund (AOF) is now also available on the budget period master record and takes
precedence over the AOF on the fund master.
Pain Points:
Compliance with legal requirement (FISIO)
Embedding budget fiscal year into the fund code
Business Benefits:
- Separate input field is available for budget period
- Separate derivation and control of budget period independent of other FM account assignments is
possible
- Financial and budgetary accounting by budget period, including balance sheet by budget period
(and fund)
- Financial and budgetary accounting by budget period
Target Group:
All users entering account assignments
11.13.12 TM, Integration into Funds Management (BF:
FIN_TRM_PSM_INTEGRATION - EhP: 4)
Description:
Treasury breaks down transactions and positions to funds (and grants). The transaction manager
offers an option to assign one or more funds or grants to a transaction.
Functionality for long-term investment pools (unitized or endowment pools) and buying and selling
shares is now available.
Early Adopters:
Customers in the public sector who need to reflect their short- and long-term investments and
borrowing by fund and grant.
Customers in the public sector who need to manage their endowments' investments in endowment
pools within treasury and risk management.
Headline:
Achieve seamless integration between treasury management and funds management
Business Benefits:
Easily break down your financial transactions and positions to single funds (and grants)
297 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Manage your long-term investment pools (unitized or endowment pools)
Get a holistic view of your investments by funds (and grants)
11.13.12.1 Public sector account assignment elements in the transaction
manager
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
- Specify a fund and grant at the trade level in the transaction manager to ensure integration with
funds management - The corresponding FI postings bear the fund and grant information so that
funds management is updated appropriately
- In the transaction manager, the system distinguishes positions by funds and grants - For some
product types, you can assign several funds to a single deal. The system will then take care of
attributing condition based flows like interest or repayments accordingly.
Pain Points:
- Financial transactions can't be assigned to several funds - Cumbersome creation of balance sheet at
the fund level when financial investments affect more than one fund - Error-prone distribution of
interest postings resulting from financial investments to single funds
Business Benefits:
- Easily break down financial transactions and positions to single funds and grants - Financial
investments are reflected properly in the balance sheet at the fund level - Condition-based flows are
distributed automatically to the participating funds
Target Group:
Customers in the public sector who need to reflect their investments by fund and grant
11.13.12.2 Fund and grant transfer
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The transaction manager allows a fund transfer. That means that the user can change the
distribution among participating funds without changing the external cash flow.
Pain Points:
No opportunity to reduce the participation of a fund and increase the participation of another fund
during a trade's term
298 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Easy way of changing the participation amounts of funds during a trade's term
Target Group:
Customers in the public sector who need to reflect their investments by fund and grant
11.13.12.3 Investment pool
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Customers set up investment pools to enable the participating single funds to recognize a greater
return on their pooled investment than they could on their individual investments. - If a fund wants
to invest in an investment pool, it buys pool certificates for a given unit price.
Pain Points:
- Limited options to work with pooled investments - no opportunity to get an overview of the
number of certificates or units a single fund holds in an investment pool
Business Benefits:
- Easy way of handling investment pools - System support for buying and selling pool certificates
Target Group:
Customers in the public sector who need to manage their investments in investment pools
11.13.13 FI-FM Localization Topics for the Spanish Public Sector (BF:
FIN_LOC_CI_5 - EhP: 4)
Description:
FI-FM localization enhancements for Spain (SAP Public Sector for Spain)
New functionalities:
- Payment release list (PRL)
- Budgetary extension (copy budget documents)
- Combined acceptance request posting and clearing (CARPC)
- Recovery
- AA-FM G/L account derivation check
299 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- MIP/MIE scenario
Early Adopters:
All Spanish public sector organizations: national, regional, and local governments
Headline:
Eliminate Legal and Functional Gaps for Spain That Were Present After the Retrofit Project
Business Benefits:
- Elimination of legal and functional gaps for Spanish public sector that were still present in the
standard product after the retrofit project
- Several new developments have been done and several standard SAP ERP functionalities have been
adapted to meet local requirements
- Downport from SAP ERP 2005
11.13.13.1 Payment release list (PRL)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The functionality is based on the Payment Release List. The new functionality includes new actions
and the FM fields required for Spain. For each item the FM fields will be filled with the information of
the GL line, if the item has more than one GL line, the information of the GL will not be filled and a
warning will be created in the warning tab. For each assigned item the field level will be filled with
the field customized in the table for the levels
Pain Points:
The new tool covers the two major issues in the standard payment program F110:
a) Blocking Vendor account once one vendor item is in a payment proposal
b) Approval and modification mechanism of items contained in payment proposals when the
proposal is old
Business Benefits:
The new tool allows the organization of payments in a new way that is much more flexible than the
current payment proposal and than offers various kinds of interactions from the end-user with
selected open items for payments. There can be unassigned lists and lists assigned to groups of users
Target Group:
Public Sector
11.13.13.2 Budgetary extension (copy budget documents)
300 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
This funcionality copy BCS entry documents between different versions and within the same fiscal
year
Pain Points:
In existing business scenarios, a gap exists in the functionality available for copying data from
different budget versions in the same fiscal year. For this reason, a new tool shall be developed to
copy budget documents and provide a flexible function for selecting documents.
Business Benefits:
This new report shall copy budget values by generating new budget documents in the new version
that contain references to budget documents in the old version. This new tool shall store the process
information (for example, supplement (SUPL) and transfer (TRAN)). A copy shall be created by
version and in the same fiscal year.
The new report shall copy the entire budget document.
Target Group:
Public Sector
11.13.13.3 Combined acceptance request posting and clearing (CARPC)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
A new document type is created. This document is used in a specific case, when a customer makes a
payment, but no invoice was issued to him. This new document will clear the initial bank account
post and at the same time (in the same LUW) will also clear the customer account.
Pain Points:
A similar process didn't exist, so it was hard for the users to identify the documents involved and was
not possible to create the compensation documents in the same LUW.
Business Benefits:
A faster an "cleaner" process is now available. The new document will improve the business
performance and will free the users for other tasks, since without this process a long and harsh
search was needed.
Target Group:
All users that create requests.
301 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.13.13.4 Recovery
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
This functionality allows the creation of special funds management deduction payment requests
called recovery documents. These documents can be linked to the original invoice, may refer to a
vendor that differs from the invoices and be customized to post the incoming payment (the returned
amount) automatically as a negative posting in one work process.
Pain Points:
This feature allows customers to create a new type of funds management deduction payment
requests targeted to support recovery process, allowing them to comply with legal requirements by
means of an existing enhanced tool. Automatic steps allow to simplify the recovery postings that
otherwise would have to be done in a manual sequence of steps.
Business Benefits:
The main benefits are support for country specific legal requirements and reuse of existing tool.
Target Group:
Public Sector
11.13.13.5 AA-FM G/L account derivation check
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Creates a double check on the GL account derivation when a request is being created. When a
request is created if the user assigns a Commitment Item a GL account is derived. If in the same
document an asset is assigned, a new GL account is derived. This check will allow the user to know if
the FM and the AA GL Accounts are the same, and if they are not an error or warning is issued.
Pain Points:
This will allow them to check the differences between AA and FM GL Account customizing without
them to have the need to run trough SPRO and check manually the customizing.
Business Benefits:
This will improve the business performance, since this way all the documents created will be in the
right GL account. Without this check there was a chance that with a wrong customizing, that is not
checked in any other place, a document would be assigned to a wrong GL account.
Target Group:
302 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Public Sector
11.13.13.6 MIP/MIE scenario
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
In some cases when withholding tax (WT) is withheld by a government entity, it also reflects a
revenue, as the
government itself is the final recipient of the WT amount. This needs to be reflected in financial and
budget
accounting. If such a transfer of WT to a revenue account is to be carried out, the process is referred
to as the MIP scenario. Otherwise, if additional postings are not required, the process is called MIE
scenario. This functionality will create the above mentioned additional postings automatically. Also it
has to be assured, that there is a link between the original document, and the additional documents
which include the follow postings, so that the user can find related documents.
Pain Points:
Currently at the customers the additional postings are created manually in the form of an
acceptance request and a subsequent clearing posting. This means the required documents and
processes are available in the standard system, not in a specific and automate funcionality
Business Benefits:
This new tool should automate the posting of these additional items to save manual work.
Target Group:
Government department / authorities
PSM, Position Budgeting and Control: Extended Posting Logic (BF:
Logic (BF: PSM_PBC_XPL - EhP: 4)
Description:
-PBC and payroll use an identical derivation date for account assignments
-PBC and payroll use an identical posting date for document creation
Early Adopters:
Austrian government
Headline:
Synchronization of PBC and Payroll Postings
303 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
-PBC and payroll use an identical derivation date for account assignments
-PBC and payroll use an identical posting date for document creation
11.13.14.1 Synchronization of PBC posting logic with payroll
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
Uses identical date and payroll area to create PBC and payroll documents:
-PBC and payroll use the identical derivation date for account assignments
-PBC and payroll use the identical posting date
-Closing of account assignments will be possible (the required implementation will be shipped from
HR in a support package)
Pain Points:
-PBC documents are created with the same date as in payroll posting
Business Benefits:
-The budget from PBC documents and payroll documents is consumed at the same date, which
simplifies reporting
Target Group:
-PBC customers
11.13.15 PSM, Additional Functions in SAP SRM and PPS (BF:
PSM_PPS_INTEGRATION - EhP: 4)
Description:
Provides enhanced SAP ERP integration for Procurement for Public Sector (PPS), including
incremental funding, account assignment distribution, integration of smart numbering with SAP ERP,
and earmarked funds on procurement documents.
Early Adopters:
Customers who need to maintain financial integration across a large volume of high-value
procurement
Headline:
Enhanced SAP ERP Integration for Procurement for Public Sector (PPS) and SAP Supplier Relationship
Management (SAP SRM)
304 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Customers can incrementally fund large projects by adding additional funds over time. Additionally,
customers will gain flexibility to split the cost of procurement across multiple account assignments,
as well as identify SAP ERP transactions by customer-defined smart numbers rather than just by SAP
numbers.
11.13.15.1 Incremental Funding
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
This functionality provides SAP ERP integration for incremental funding of business objects in
Procurement for Public Sector (PPS).
Pain Points:
Incrementally funded purchase orders cannot be created or managed in the automated procurement
system. Funding status of incrementally funded purchase orders is invisible to the user.
Business Benefits:
Users can create incrementally funded purchase orders in the procurement system. Orders can be
funded for less than the total value of the order, and additional funds can be added as they become
available. Users can track the amount of funding applied to an order.
Target Group:
Public sector users who receive funding for large purchase orders incrementally in accordance with
the legislative appropriations process.
11.13.15.2 Integration of Smart Numbering with SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Allows customers to locate procurement documents using customer-based numbering schema in
addition to document numbers in SAP software.
Pain Points:
Public sector agencies that have agency-specified number schemes for procurement documents
cannot display the numbers on SAP procurement documents. Only document numbers generated
from SAP software appear on procurement documents.
305 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Procurement documents will now contain both the customer agency-specified document number
and the SAP document number. Customers can search, locate, and report on documents using either
the agency-specified smart number or the SAP document number.
Target Group:
Public sector agencies that must use an agency-specified numbering scheme for procurement
documents.
11.13.15.3 Account Assignment Distribution
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Allows assignment of multiple account assignments to a PR based on either amount or percentage.
Pain Points:
Customers cannot assign multiple account assignments for a single purchase requisition or purchase
order by amount.
Business Benefits:
Customers can assign multiple account assignments to purchase requisitions or purchase orders
based on either a percentage of the total or by specific amounts charged to each account
assignment.
Target Group:
Customers who routinely make purchases of which portions are charged to different account
assignments.
11.13.15.4 Integration of Earmarked Funds with SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
You can use earmarked funds on purchase requisitions (PRs) created in SAP ERP that are replicated to
SAP Supplier Relationship Management (SAP SRM).
Pain Points:
This feature will enable public sector customers to earmark funds for specific projects and track the
status of those projects as the purchase requisition moves through the procurement process in SAP
SRM.
306 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
Customers can earmark funds for specific projects, cite the earmarked funds on the PR, and track the
progress of the PR as it moves through the procurement process in SAP SRM.
Target Group:
Public sector customers who have numerous projects and desire to earmark funds for those projects.
11.13.16 PSM, Seizure of Non-Payroll Liabilities (BF: PSM_ACC_SEIZURE -
EhP: 4)
Description:
Provides execution of a legally required process of seizing payments to vendors. It consists of
recording seizures, matching them against outgoing FI-AP vendor payments, and manual application
by the user.
Early Adopters:
Public services customers who are legally required to verify outgoing payments for the existence of
seizures
Headline:
Legal Compliance and Control of Outgoing Vendor Payments through Execution of a Payment Release
Process Specific to the Public Sector
Business Benefits:
Enable a systematic and documented seizure process. Relate seizures to existing business data from
budget execution. Ensure that each outgoing payment can be checked for applicability of seizures.
11.13.16.1 Seizures register
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The seizures register provides a central place where the entire life cycle of seizures (except their
application to payment of liabilities) can be reflected:
- Creation
- Change or adaption due to court decision
- Closure
- Overview of seizure history
- Management of internal notes attached to seizures
307 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
- Need for an integrated register of seizures
- Support for the management of the seizure life cycle
Business Benefits:
- A seizures register is available
- The register can be used in a centralized or distributed manner
Target Group:
- Accountants
- Accounts payable clerks
11.13.16.2 Payment release list (PRL) with seizure detection and application
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Liability items to be paid via the standard accounts payable payment process in SAP software are
processed via the payment release list (PRL). The PRL includes:
- A seizure-specific detection process that checks if a court order for seizure is recorded in the
seizures register for a payment to be made
- An assignment process by which a user assigns a detected seizure to a payment so that the
payment is made to the opponent as specified in the seizure
- Status management for all payable items that allows users to exercise detailed control
Pain Points:
- Compliance with legal obligation to control seizures during the payment process
Business Benefits:
- Seamless integration of the seizures verification and application process into the overall business
process landscape
- Smart detection algorithm
Target Group:
Accounts payable clerks
11.13.17 PSM, Multi-Level Budget Structure (BF: PSM_FM_BCS_MBS -
EhP: 4)
308 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
Enables use of a budget structure in hierarchy format instead of a flat budget structure in the budget
control system (BCS). With the multi-level budget structure, new budget processes for top-down
budget distribution are available.
Early Adopters:
- Public sector customers using or implementing the budget control system in funds management
- Public sector customers with a demand for strict top-down budget distribution along a predefined
and rather static hierarchy of budget addresses
Headline:
Budget Structure in Hierarchy Format Instead of a Flat Budget Structure in the Budget Control System
Business Benefits:
- Budget structure is in a hierarchy format
- Supports top-down and bottom-up budget distribution in the budgeting workbench
11.13.17.1 Creation of a multi-level budget structure
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Generates the multi-level budget structure for a specific hierarchy ID.
Pain Points:
Customers with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting can now to define the budget structure as a
hierarchy instead of a flat budget structure.
Business Benefits:
With the multi-level budget structure customers can budget along the defined hierarchy.
Target Group:
Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.
11.13.17.2 Maintenance of a multi-level budget structure
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Processing the multi-level budget structure by:
309 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
- Inserting new nodes
- Deleting existing nodes
- Moving nodes within the multi-level budget structure
Pain Points:
With organizational changes it can become necessary to adapt the changes to the multi-level budget
structure. The system supports changes to the multi-level budget structure.
Business Benefits:
Changes can be adapted to the multi-level budget structure.
Target Group:
Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.
11.13.17.3 Budget entry and distribution in a multi-level budget structure
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
With a multi-level budget structure, the FM account assignments for entering budget can be defined.
The multi-level budget structure supports top-down and bottom-up budget distribution. For top-
down budget distribution, the budget is distributed along the hierarchy path from the upper account
assignment to the lower account assignments. For bottom-up budget distribution, the budget is
entered on a lower account assignment, and the system can automatically create the budget on
superior account assignments in the multi-level budget structure.
Pain Points:
During budget planning, the budget has to entered on FM account assignments. Now the multi-level
budget structure can be used to limit the possible FM account assignments for entering and
distributing budget.
Business Benefits:
The multi-level budget structure can be used to enter budget and distribute budget along the
hierarchy.
Target Group:
Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.
11.13.17.4 Maintenance of budget addresses in a multi-level budget structure
310 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Maintain the budget addresses in a multi-level budget structure by:
- Creating budget addresses
- Deleting budget addresses
Pain Points:
Definition of FM account assignments to be used as budget addresses
Business Benefits:
Definition of budget addresses in the multi-level budget structure in a mass run.
Target Group:
Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.
11.13.17.5 Maintenance of posting addresses in a multi-level budget structure
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Maintain the posting addresses in a multi-level budget structure by:
- Creating posting addresses
- Deleting posting addresses
Pain Points:
Definition of FM account assignments to be used as posting addresses.
Business Benefits:
Definition of posting addresses in the multi-level budget structure in a mass run.
Target Group:
Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.
PSM, Budget Control System (BF: PSM_FM_BCS_CI_1 - EhP: 4)
EhP: 4)
Description:
311 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Continuous improvements for the budget control system in the areas of:
- Budgeting workbench: combined commitment and payment budget-handling
- Revenues increasing the budget (RIB)
- Residual budget: approval process for carry-over
- AVC reconstruction
Early Adopters:
Public Sector customers using or implementing the budget control system (BCS) in funds
management
Headline:
Improvements in the Budget Control System in Funds Management
Business Benefits:
Continued enhancements enabling customer to improve the use of BCS functionality
11.13.18.1 Revenues increasing the budget (RIB)
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
- Supports manual and mass maintenance for RIB rules based on revenue cover group
- Supports new attribute in RIB rule manual and mass maintenance transactions to enable RIB rule
definition for call procedure
- Manual maintenance of single RIB rule
- Mass generation of RIB rules
- Mass copying of RIB rules
- Mass deletion of RIB rules
- Creation of RIB rule-change documents
- Calculation of RIB amount for RIB rules-based revenue cover groups
- Enhanced RIB document creation
- Enhanced RIB monitor for overview of RIB values
- New delta queue for uploading RIB ledger data into SAP NetWeaver BI
- Support of new RIB procedure: call procedure
312 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Missing functionalities when working with revenues increasing the budget
Business Benefits:
Revenues increasing the budget offers more functionalities to the user
Target Group:
Budget officers
11.13.18.2 Cover eligibility (CE) in budgeting
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
Description:
There are several enhancements and new developments in the area of cover eligibility:
- Support of revenue cover-group category in manual maintenance and mass transaction of cover
groups
- RIB rule (with call procedure) can be in the manual maintenance of cover groups assigned to
automatic cover groups
- Mass generation of cover-eligibility rules: create manual cover groups and revenue cover groups in
addition to automatic cover groups
- Mass generation of cover-eligibility rules: generate cover groups for multiple ledgers at the same
time
Pain Points:
RIB objects have to be used to aggregate revenues for use with the RIB process
Business Benefits:
Instead of RIB objects, revenue cover groups can be used to aggregate revenues for use with the RIB
process
Target Group:
Budget officers
11.13.18.3 Combined handling of budget categories in the budgeting workbench
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both
313 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
In the budgeting workbench, several budget categories can be entered at the same time in one entry
document
Pain Points:
The budgeting workbench does not support several budget categories. Customers have to post an
entry document for each budget category.
Business Benefits:
Budget officers can enter several budget categories at the same time in one entry document in the
budgeting workbench
Target Group:
Budget officers
11.13.19 Social Services (PSCD) (BF: PSCD_SOCIAL - EhP: 4)
Description:
Interface to SAP PSCD for external social case management solutions. Payment and liability items can
be transferred into SAP PSCD to be posted and processed. Status is returned to external solution.
Interface was defined together with SAP partner for social case management.
Early Adopters:
Health and human services; social services organizations in the public sector
Social agencies using a social case management solution (C ram) in combination with an SAP solution
for financials and payments (SAP PSCD)
Headline:
Financial Integration with SAP PSCD for a Social Case Management Solution
Business Benefits:
Less implementation effort and lower TCO with preconfigured integration of C ram social case
management with SAP PSCD for payment processing
11.13.19.1 Inbound interface to SAP PSCD for master data creation and update
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
314 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
Creation and update of business partner, address(es), bank details, contract accounts, and contract
objects based on messages received from external social case management system
Pain Points:
Master data integration between social case management system and SAP PSCD as a central
payment system
Business Benefits:
Central client financial accounts and central payment system for (multiple) external social case
management systems
Target Group:
System
11.13.19.2 Inbound interface to SAP PSCD for payments and liabilities
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Creation and reversal of SAP PSCD posting documents based on messages received from external
social case management systems
Pain Points:
Integration for financial transactions between social case management system and SAP PSCD as a
central payment system
Business Benefits:
Central client financial accounts and central payment system for (multiple) external social case
management systems
Target Group:
System
Outbound SAP PSCD document status message
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
Capture and communicate the SAP PSCD-internal processing status of financial items that were
received from external social case management systems
315 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Pain Points:
Processing status for financial items required by external social case management systems for
internal processes: reassessments, for example
Business Benefits:
Central client financial accounts and central payment system for (multiple) external social case
management systems
Target Group:
System
11.14 SAP for Retail
11.14.1 Retail, Continuous Improvements EA (BF: ISR_RETAIL_CI - EhP:
4)
Description:
Enhancements in allocation, assortment list, global data synchronization, and article discontinuation.
Retail-specific POWER lists increase usability.
Early Adopters:
Customers using the SAP Merchandising and Assortment Planning application
Headline:
Improved Allocation, Assortment List, Article Discontinuation, and Global Data Synchronization.
Retail-Specific POWER Lists
Business Benefits:
- Allocation enhancements: usage of vendor subrange- and site-specific data storage while creating
the purchase orders out of allocation processes; new splitting criteria for the follow-on documents
generated out of the allocation table; and vendor subrange as new grouping criteria
- HPR assortment list: new buffering logic for the processing of site-specific sales data
- Global data synchronization enhancement: reduced effort needed for master data maintenance by
creating consignment info records directly via GDS
- Article discontinuation enhancements: enhanced processing of replenishment data and BOMs
- Retail-specific POWER lists increase usability
11.14.1.1 Retail-specific POWER list: prices and conditions
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / New Capability
316 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
With this POWER list, you are empowered to get a user-friendly overview of every purchase or sales
condition record to maintain, change or create new one. The POWER list can be used via SAP
NetWeaver Portal or via SAP NetWeaver Business Client.
Pain Points:
Missing overview transaction to get and create or change conditions and prices
Business Benefits:
The price planner has now the option to use one transaction as a starting point for major business
processes like getting all information about purchase and sales conditions that are assigned to access
sequences, as well as condition supplements, changing existing conditions, and creating new
conditions
Target Group:
Price planner
11.14.1.2 Retail-specific POWER list: article
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / New Capability
Description:
The article POWER list helps article data managers fulfill their main daily tasks. It should be the point
of entry for all activities. The POWER list can be used via SAP NetWeaver Portal or via SAP
NetWeaver Business Client.
Pain Points:
Missing overview transaction to get, create, and change article and related info records
Business Benefits:
The POWER list provides an entry point for all relevant tasks of a master data manager: to get all-
inclusive information about existing articles, change existing article and the related info records, and
to create a new article
Target Group:
Master Data Manager
11.14.1.3 Allocation enhancements
Class/Level of Innovation:
317 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
The new functionality comprises:
- Use of vendor subrange, site, and vendor subrange and site as levels of data retention in vendor
master data for the generation of the vendor purchase order out of the allocation table (as follow-on
processing).
- Provision of the option to split according to the vendor subrange in the process of purchase order
generation out of the allocation table.
Pain Points:
Buyers require the maintenance of vendor master data on the level of product groups supplied by
the vendor (vendor subrange) and on the level of the sites, which are supplied by the vendor, as
there may be some different agreements with the vendor. The information on the different data
maintenance levels should be determined and used in the processes of purchase order creation. The
split of the purchase orders generated out of the allocation table is also required for vendor
subranges.
Business Benefits:
- Enablement of use of the vendor subrange-specific data storages in the article and vendor master
while creating the purchase orders out of allocation processes.
- Enablement of the split of the follow-on documents generated out of the allocation in respect to
the vendor subrange.
- Availability of vendor subrange as grouping criterion within the overall process of seasonal
procurement.
Target Group:
The buyer involved with or responsible for the vendor-related master data, allocation, and purchase
order generation process
11.14.1.4 Global data synchronization - import of consignment articles
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
Enhancement of the existing price catalog maintenance transactions concerning the storage of
purchase data in the purchase view of the article master to support vendor consignment and the
storage of the consignment prices
=>Option to maintain consignment prices that can be taken over for the article
318 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
=>Automatic creation of consignment purchasing info records plus related consignment prices
Pain Points:
For consignment articles created via retail global data synchronization (GDS), the user has to
maintain the consignment purchasing info records for the articles manually in the transaction of
creation of purchasing info record
Business Benefits:
Reduced manual maintenance effort for the creation of consignment articles via retail GDS
Target Group:
User responsible for master data maintenance
11.14.1.5 Article discontinuation - replenishment data and BOMs
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
- Replenishment data (tables WRPL and WRPT) will be deleted if article site-specific discontinuation is
done
- BOMs can be deleted within the discontinuation process based on a new follow-up function
- During the discontinuation of a generic article with dependent prepacks, the user can decide
whether the prepacks will be added automatically to the discontinuation work list
Pain Points:
-Replenishment data can be deleted only if the entire article is discontinued. After a site-specific
discontinuation. the replenishment data for the site remains in the system and leads to problems if
adding the given article to the site again.
-The user has to delete the BOMs of structured articles within the article maintenance dialog before
starting the discontinuation process.
-For discontinuation of a generic article, the user has to select the related prepacks manually in
advance.
Business Benefits:
- Less manual maintenance effort for the user
- Automation level by offline processing with active follow-up processing
Target Group:
Users responsible for article discontinuation
319 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.14.1.6 Retail-specific POWER list: promotion
Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / New Capability
Description:
The promotion POWER list helps promotion planners fulfill their major daily tasks. It should be the
point of entry for all activities. The list can be used via SAP NetWeaver Portal or via SAP NetWeaver
Business Client.
Pain Points:
The promotion manager has to fulfill a lot of different tasks using different transactions. There is no
option to get an overview of the current and planned promotions or to check and trigger follow-on
processes (activation of promotion-specific pricing conditions, announcement to the stores, creating
allocations, and so on).
Business Benefits:
The promotional role is implemented as a business process "to get all-inclusive information about
existing promotions." Therefore, three main business processes are supported:
1) Get all-inclusive information about existing promotions and to create promotions as well as
higher-level promotions
2) Change or delete existing promotions and the related info records and conditions
3) Carry out subsequent processing for promotions
Target Group:
Promotion planner
11.14.1.7 HPR assortment list: buffering logic for processing site-specific sales
data
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature
Description:
New customizing switch to activate and deactivate new logic to be able to control the buffering logic
for the processing of site-specific sales data will be provided
Pain Points:
Program terminations or very long runtimes affecting the full version, change version, and the
manual request of the high-performance (HPR) assortment list in case of a huge number of
distribution chain-specific and site-specific sales data
320 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Business Benefits:
The full version, change version, and the manual request of the HPR assortment list have a shorter
runtime at customers with a huge number of distribution chain-specific and site-specific sales data
Target Group:
System administrator responsible for master data exchange
11.14.2 Retail, Perishables Procurement (BF:
ISR_RET_PERISH_PROCUREMENT - EhP: 4)
Description:
Comprehensive workplace to facilitate the daily work of a perishables buyer focusing on more
manual procurement processes.
Early Adopters:
Retailers and wholesalers who deal with perishables at the corporate level. They are responsible for
decisions about the perishables assortment, the quantity to order, the prices, the suppliers, the
dates, and the distribution. They also have a significant amount of perishable items (as a grocer) in
their regular assortment.
Headline:
Improve Perishables Procurement Overall with All Needed Features
Business Benefits:
Provision of relevant information in the process of perishables procurement
High degree of flexibility by providing different possibilities of doing the daily work from a central
work center
Single point of entry for end users via the work center
Optimal support for the decisions on perishables procurement by providing statistical data on
demand
Reduction of effort for the daily work of a perishable buyer by preparameterization
Multiple usage scenarios covered in the work center
Provision of monitoring capabilities
Use-friendly interface for supporting the decision about quantity, vendor, price, and delivery date
11.14.2.1 Management of the perishables assortment and further
responsibilities
Class/Level of Innovation:
321 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
With the area of responsibility, the buyer (or the manager) manages the assignment of the
organizational data such as products, vendors, supplying plants, recipients, and further
organizational data. The result of this assignment is reflected in the area of responsibility that can be
reviewed and printed.
With the definition of the product range (the assortment), the products are specified that are
supposed to be managed (ordered and distributed) for and during the next season and cycle. In case
of a temporary replacement of a buyer, a deputy concept is available as well.
A planned product range can be maintained in advance.
Pain Points:
-Lag of organizational assignment of buyers to their areas of responsibility
-Unconsolidated definition of the product range the buyer is responsible for
-Missing role definition of a buyer and manager
-Lag of flexibility in the maintenance of the responsibilities of a buyer
-Data overload because of missing personalization
Business Benefits:
-The definition of the area of responsibility and the product range enables the perishables buyer to
focus on the assigned data (master data and organizational data)
-The personalization of the setup reduces the data the perishables buyer is working with to the
required scope along the process of perishables procurement
-Efficiency is improved along the process of perishables procurement
-A deputy concept is considered in case of a short-term replacement of a buyer
Target Group:
Perishables buyer in retail and wholesale companies doing the procurement of perishables centrally
11.14.2.2 Management of perishables procurement and distribution
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
The procurement and distribution of perishables is managed in the procurement list and the
distribution list.
322 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The procurement list enables the buyer to make the qualified decisions in terms of quantity, source
of supply, delivery date, and prices. The buyer can manage the procurement by product and by
vendor. The results of the procurement list are purchase orders.
The distribution of the perishables is managed out of the distribution list. The distribution list enables
the buyer to allocate the quantities to recipients (stores and customers). For these decisions, the
distribution list provides the relevant information about demands, stocks, and open orders. The
distribution can be based on distribution strategies.
Pain Points:
Missing planning capabilities on the product and vendor level within the same user interface
Lag of flexibility in the process of perishables procurement
Missing information for supporting the decisions about the quantity to order
Insufficient usability of the process of perishables ordering
Lag of transparency in the process of assignment the merchandise to the recipients
Missing distribution strategies in the process of assigning merchandise to recipients
Business Benefits:
-High flexibility by providing different approaches: procure by vendor and by product
-Optimal support through statistical data on demand
-Seamless integration with related areas
-Supporting the decision about quantity, vendor, price, delivery date, and distribution
-Option to initiate procurement from distribution list
-Availability of distribution strategies
-Less frequently used information and functionality are compressed to reduce screen complexity and
visual noise
Target Group:
Perishables buyer in retail and wholesale companies doing the procurement of perishables centrally
11.14.2.3 Work center for perishables procurement
Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability
Description:
323 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
This part of the provided service bundle enables to communicate to a central database which holds
the data of IUID managed items. Therefore service interfaces are provided which support to Create
UII entries,
To Change UII entries, To Confirm UII entries by the central database and to Check existence of UII
entries from outside of the central database.
Pain Points:
These interfaces can be integrated into the logistical processes and so they can be used to provide a
consistent update of the central IUID database out of the process flow. This is an important
requirement which needs to be adressed to deliver IUID enabled processes.
Business Benefits:
Out of the box integration to central UII database.
Target Group:
First tier suppliers of defense organizations who need to support IUID. Defense organizations who
have the need to support IUID.
11.14.2.4 Service enabled maintenance of item master data including UII
assignment.
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
UIIs are used to identify serialized items. To identify an item the UII si assigned to the item. This part
of the service bundle provides the capability to use enterprise service interfaces fro the creation and
maintenance of equipment master records. The master data can be created including the UII
assignment. This will be used in scenarios where the production of items adn teh generation and of
UIIs is outside of the master data system. The supported functions are : Create Equipment master
records including UII assignment, Change UII assignment of Equipment Master records, Read
Equipment master records by UII, These Services to maintain equipment master records already exist
and are enhanced to be able to support IUID.
Pain Points:
The Painpoint is to have a reliable service enabled interface for master data maintenance and to
have this interface to be capable to suppor IUID.
Business Benefits:
Out of the box master data maintenance for serialized items incl. UII data.
Target Group:
First tier suppliers of defense organizations who need to support IUID. Defense organizations who
have the need to support IUID.
324 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
11.14.2.5 Customer-Supplier communication supporting IUID specific
communication.
Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability
Description:
The IUID relevance of a purchasing process can be defined in cotratcs and purchase orders. The fact
that a specific material which is purchased from a specific supplier shall be IUID managed and
therefor a UII is required to be generated, assigned and delivered ogether with every single item is
defined on purchase oder item level. This part of the service bundle provides the capability to
communicate the IUID relevance between customer and supplier and to send UIIs within the ASN
(advanced shipping notification. The specific functions which are supported are : Send Purchase
order from customers and create sales order at the supplier, Change Sales order based on Purchase
Order Change, Send ASN (Advanced Shipping Notification) incl. UII information, These B2B Services
already exist and are enhanced either by the UII information or by a flag on item level which
transports the information that a UII is required.
Pain Points:
Electronic data interchange between customer and supplier is a vital part of a purchasing and sales
business process. These communication interfaces are enabled to support IUID.
Business Benefits:
Out of the box customer supplier communication which is based on enterprise services and supports
IUID.
Target Group:
First tier suppliers of defense organizations who need to support IUID. Defense organizations who
have the need to support IUID.
11.15 Transportation Management
11.15.1 Supplier Collaboration for Supply Chain Management (BF: ES
Bundle: Supplier Collaboration for Supply Chain Management v3 -
EhP: 4)
Description:
This ES bundle focuses on the supplier collaboration functionality delivered with SAP ICH 5.0 (SAP ICH
is now known as SAP Supply Network Collaboration or SAP SNC). With supplier collaboration
processes, you can cooperate with suppliers of all sizes to reduce transactional costs by replacing fax
and email as primary modes of communication. The B2B integration between systems is performed
using enterprise services. In this way, smaller suppliers without specialized EDI infrastructures can
integrate into the supply network by setting up web access to SAP ICH in their software landscapes.
325 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
All they need is Internet access and web browsers. You can deploy SAP ICH as a standalone
application or further integrate it with SAP or non-SAP back-end solutions on the customer and
supplier sides using the delivered enterprise services.
326 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
12 Product Development and Manufacturing
12.1 <general>
12.1.1 Batch Traceability & Analytics (BF: ES Bundle: Batch Traceability &
Analytics v3 - EhP: 4)
Description:
This ES Bundle addresses the tracking of batches / lots of material through process, continuous or
discrete production environment. Batch tracking information is coordinated with plant inventory,
laboratory analyses and inventory movement information to provide powerful lot genealogy reports.
This can also be combined with appropriate data on equipment from real-time data systems. With
the help of this bundle, the Batch Tracing can also be achieved beyond company boundaries.
Early Adopters:
All manufacturing industries (especially process and discrete) and repetitive manufacturing, which
uses batch-oriented
processes. Examples: pharmaceuticals, life sciences, chemicals, and so on.
Headline:
Simplify and Streamline the Batch Analysis and Genealogy Process
Business Benefits:
- End-to-end batch traceability to cover a complete supply chain view including, but not limited to
various stages, such
as creation, production, delivery, consumption, and so on
- Enables businesses and plant personnel to analyze and find the root cause of the faulty materials
in these product across the entire supply chain quickly and easily
- Top-down and button-up analysis from a single cockpit
- Enhances plant visibility and enables faster decision
making
12.1.2 Integration of Manufacturing Execution Systems (BF: ES Bundle:
Integration of Manufacturing Execution Systems v3 - EhP: 4)
Description:
The Integration of Manufacturing Execution Systems ES bundle (IMES) offers a way to synchronize
manufacturing-related master data and transactional data between SAP ERP 6.0 and shop floor
systems. This gives the enterprise a real-time view of production processes occurring at
manufacturing locations that may be spread across the globe.
327 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
The important topics for EhP4 deliverables are the followings:
- Automotive Production Back flush processing;
- Confirm multi-item order (Mill);
- MTO/ETO Manufacturing including;
- Configuration (ADMEC);
Early Adopters:
All Manufacturers who use SAP ERP for business and production planning, but use third party shop
floor application to execute the production orders. Such manufacturers perpetually face the problem
of inavailability of standard connectivity between the planning systesms(SAP ERP) and the shop floor
applications. This ES bundle enables standard connectivity between SAP ERP and Manufacturing
Execution Systems at shop floor.
Headline:
Overcome the disconnect between The Top Floor and The Shop Floor.
Business Benefits:
- Standard interface for SAP ERP to enable integration of shop floor with the business planning
system.
- Offers a way to syncronize manufacturing related master and transactional data between SAP ERP
6.0 and shop floors systems.
- Enable easy development of Manufacturing Composite Applications
- Eliminate the need to build and maintain custom connectors to SAP Manufacturing processes.
Class/Level of Innovation:
/
12.1.3 PLM Connectivity (BF: ES Bundle: PLM Connectivity - EhP: 4)
Description:
This ES Bundle supports customers in ....
- Facilitates the usage of mySAP PLM as data backbone for business processes, which include Non-
SAP applications, in the area of product development and design.
- Allows the finding of mySAP PLM objects and the retrieval of detailed information mySAP PLM
through Enterprise Services.
328 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
13 Sales and Service
13.1.1 Order To Cash (BF: ES Bundle: Order To Cash v3 - EhP: 4)
Description:
Service-enabling around Customer, Customer Quote, Sales Order, Sales Contracts, Customer
Requirement (ATP Check), Outbound Delivery, Proof of Delivery, and Customer Invoice. This ES
bundle allows companies to integrate customer-facing solutions for order entry by creating
customer-, product- and industry-specific composite applications for order entry and status tracking.
13.1.2 Quote to Order for Configurable Products (BF: ES Bundle: Quote to
Order for Configurable Products v2 - EhP: 4)
Description:
This ES bundle provides enterprise services in the ERP area of quote and order and related
documents. It is an extension of the ES bundle Order to Cash add product configuration data to
existing/planned services for quote and order. Further this ES bundle contains services to access
documents in Technical Document Management Connectivity. The ES bundle enables customers and
partners to build individual composite applications for quote/order processing for configurable
products. This allows to integrate/build ISV and custom applications for product selection/guided
selling, graphical configuration, quote and order processing (i.e. ISV/customer specific web-shops)
into ERP quote and order
processing. Furthermore this ES bundle provides the enterprise services for composite applications
to create drawings / output / proposal documents in Technical Document Management Connectivity
attached to quote and order.
13.2 Aftermarket Sales and Service
13.2.1 Customer Service Execution (BF: ES Bundle: Customer Service
Execution v3 - EhP: 4)
Description:
This ES bundle provides enterprise services in the area of SAP ERP 6.0 after market sales and service
covering customer service and support, installed base management, and field service. It facilitates
and extends the usage of SAP Service and Asset Management as the solution for processing service
requests, service orders and service contracts along with installed base information.
13.3 Sales Order Management
13.3.1 Availability Issue Resolution & Backorder Processing (BF: ES
Bundle: Availability Issue Resolution & Backorder Processing v2 -
EhP: 4)
329 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP
Description:
This ES bundle enables companies to improve substantially their order fulfillment and overall service
level. It provides flexibility in resolving availability issues by different strategies and
supports interactive backorder resolution required especially for emergency orders.